JP6751557B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine or a slot machine.

In general, a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine or a slot machine may adopt a player-participation-type production configuration that reflects the operation of operation buttons by a player in the production (see, for example, Patent Document 1). Specifically, the operation effect involving the operation of the operation button includes a single operation effect in which the operation method is a single operation of the operation button within the operation valid period, and a continuous hit operation in which the operation button is intermittently operated within the operation valid period. There are effects such as long-press operation effects, which are long-press operations of operation buttons within the operation valid period.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-0815773

By the way, as a game machine, it is important to raise the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game to improve the player's motivation to play the game.

An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game to improve the player's motivation to play the game.

The gaming machine according to the present invention uses an operating means that can be operated by a player, a main control means that determines whether or not each game is shifted to a specific gaming state, and a continuous striking operation of the operating means by the main control means. It is determined that the effect determination means for executing the process of determining whether or not to execute the continuous hit operation effect process to be reflected in the effect display based on the determination result for each game time, and the effect determination means for executing the continuous hit operation effect process. When this is done, the effect executing means capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means is provided. Then, in the continuous striking operation effect process, the effect executing means adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means within a preset operation valid period as an operation value, and the operation value is set in advance. When the value reaches or more than the value, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed, and the added value is changed according to the operation timing of the operation means during the operation valid period.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game to improve the player's motivation to play the game.

The perspective view which shows the structure of the game machine. A development view showing the configuration of a game machine. A development view showing the configuration of a game machine. Front view of the game board of the game machine. A block diagram showing a system configuration of a game machine. The figure which shows the operation example of the main control device of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the figure which shows an example of the normal jackpot fluctuation table, the probability variation jackpot fluctuation table, and the deviation fluctuation table used in a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of a timer interrupt process executed by a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the start winning process executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the main processing executed by the game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of a timer interrupt process executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of operation detection processing executed by a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the detection pattern determination processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the procedure of the command judgment processing executed by a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the variation type table and the effect type table used in a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a one-shot operation effect processing executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a long-press operation effect processing executed on a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used in a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used in a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used in a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the addition change table used in a game machine. The figure which shows the graph corresponding to an example of the arithmetic expression used in a game machine. The figure which shows the graph corresponding to an example of the arithmetic expression used in a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a procedure of a continuous hitting operation effect processing executed by a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a one-shot operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a one-shot operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a one-shot operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a one-shot operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous hit operation effect processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous hit operation effect processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. The block diagram which shows an example of the system configuration of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the command judgment processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the timer interrupt processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of an additional operation effect lottery process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. The figure which shows an example of the table information used in a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a notification operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a notification effect control process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a rhythm operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous hit operation effect processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a rhythm operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous hit operation effect processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a notification operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a rhythm operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous hit operation effect processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a one-shot operation effect lottery process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a special operation effect lottery process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a notification operation effect lottery process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a one-shot operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a rhythm operation effect process executed by a voice lamp control device of a game machine. The flowchart which shows an example of the continuous hit operation effect processing executed by the voice lamp control device of a game machine. A flowchart showing an example of a long press operation effect process executed by the voice lamp control device of the game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine. The figure which shows an example of the effect displayed on the symbol display part of a game machine.

Each embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings to help the present invention. Further, each of the following embodiments is an example embodying the present invention, and does not limit the technical scope of the present invention. In the following embodiments, the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment described first will be omitted.

[First Embodiment]
First, the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21.

[Outline configuration of game machine 10]
Here, FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of the game machine 10, FIGS. 2 and 3 are development views of the game machine 10, and FIG. 4 is a front view of the game board 31 of the game machine 10. Hereinafter, the front-back, left-right, and up-down expressions used in the present embodiment are defined by the front-back direction D1, the up-down direction D2, and the left-right direction D3 shown in FIGS. 1 to 3.

As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine including a front frame 11, an inner frame 12, a back pack unit 13, and an outer frame 14, and is provided on an island facility (not shown) in a gaming hall. By fixing the outer frame 14, it is installed in the game hall. In the present embodiment, a pachinko gaming machine will be described as an example of a gaming machine, but other gaming machines such as a spinning machine (slot machine), an arrange ball gaming machine, or a ball game machine will be described. The present invention can also be applied to a game machine.

The front frame 11 can be opened and closed with respect to the outer frame 14 by rotatably supporting the left end portion of the outer frame 14. Further, the inner frame 12 can be opened and closed with respect to the front frame 11 by rotatably supporting the left end portion of the front frame 11. Further, the back pack unit 13 can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame 12 by rotatably supporting the left end portion of the inner frame 12.

[Structure of front frame 11]
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the front frame 11 includes a firing handle 21, an operation button 22, an upper plate 23, a lower plate 24, a panel 25, a speaker 26, an illumination unit 27, and the like.

The firing handle 21 is a rotary handle operated by the player to launch the game ball. In the game machine 10, a basic game is performed by firing a game ball from the game ball launch mechanism 32, which will be described later, with a strength corresponding to the amount of rotation of the launch handle 21 by the player. In the game machine 10, when the launch handle 21 is operated by the player, the game ball launch mechanism 32 is driven and controlled so that one game ball is launched toward the game area every 0.6 sec.

The operation button 22 is an example of an operation means that can be operated by the player, and is a push button that accepts the push operation of the player. The operation button 22 includes an operation switch 22a (see FIG. 5) that switches an input signal to the voice lamp control device 5, which will be described later, depending on whether or not the operation button 22 is pressed. As a result, the voice lamp control device 5 can determine the operation state (with or without operation) of the operation button 22. The operation button 22 is used to reflect the player's intention in the effect in various effect processes (see FIGS. 16 to 18) described later. The operation button 22 can also be used for various selection operations such as stage selection, BGM selection, and character selection related to the game of the game machine 10.

The installation position of the operation button 22 is not limited to the front of the upper plate 23, and may be any position of the front frame 11 as long as it can be operated by the player. Further, the number of operation buttons 22 is not limited to one, and may be two or more. Further, the operation switch 22a is not limited to the contact type switch, and may be, for example, a piezoelectric element or the like, as long as it can be used to detect the presence or absence of operation by the player.

Further, instead of the operation button 22, a touch panel that displays a touch key and accepts an operation by the player of the touch key may be provided as an operation means. Further, instead of the operation button 22, it is conceivable that the panel 25 and a touch sensor for detecting the player's touch operation on the panel 25 are provided as the operation means. In these cases, the player's operation on the touch panel or panel 25 is reflected in the effect in various effect processes (see FIGS. 16 to 18) described later.

The upper plate 23 is arranged below the panel 25, stores the game balls paid out from the payout device 132 (see FIG. 3) of the payout mechanism 130 described later, and arranges the stored game balls in a row. It is used to guide the game ball launching mechanism 32 in an aligned state. Further, the lower plate 24 is provided further below the upper plate 23, and is used for storing the game balls surplus in the upper plate 23.

The panel 25 is colorless transparent or colored transparent glass or synthetic resin that allows the player to visually recognize the game board 31 (see FIG. 2) of the inner frame 12 from the front of the game machine 10. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the speakers 26 are a pair of speakers provided on the left and right of the upper end portion of the front frame 11, and are used for reproducing sound during production. The installation position of the speaker 26 is not limited to the upper end of the front frame 11. Further, the illumination unit 27 has a built-in light source such as an indicator lamp or an LED, and plays a role of enhancing the effect of the effect depending on the lighting mode such as lighting or blinking.

[Structure of inner frame 12]
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the inner frame 12 includes a game board 31, a game ball launch mechanism 32, and a control unit 33. In FIG. 2, the description on the board surface of the game board 31 is omitted for the sake of simplification of the illustration.

The control unit 33 has a main control unit 331 and a sub control unit 332. In the game machine 10, various commands (control signals) for instructing the control contents are transmitted from the main control unit 331 to one direction of the sub control unit 332. Details of the main control unit 331 and the sub control unit 332 will be described in detail later.

As shown in FIG. 4, the game board 31 has an inner rail 311, an outer rail 312, a general winning opening 313, an upper operating port 314, a lower operating port 315, a variable winning port 316, a through gate 317, an out port 318, and a variable. A display unit 34, a magnetic sensor 35, a radio wave sensor 36, and a main display unit 37 are provided.

The inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312 are transport paths for sending the game balls launched from the game ball launch mechanism 32 toward the board surface of the game board 31. Then, after being fired from the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312, the game balls that did not enter the general winning opening 313, the upper operating opening 314, the lower operating opening 315, or the variable winning opening 316 are discharged from the out opening 318. Rail. In this way, in the game machine 10, the ball game is performed by the game ball falling from the upper part of the game board 31. The game board 31 is provided with a large number of game nails for dispersing or adjusting the falling direction of the game balls on the game board 31, and is also provided with an accessory such as a windmill.

Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the game ball launching mechanism 32 includes a launching rail 321 and a ball feeding device 322, and a solenoid 323. The launch rail 321 is formed from the game ball launch mechanism 32 toward the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312 of the game board 31, and the game ball launched from the game ball launch mechanism 32 is formed on the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312. It is a guide. The ball feeding device 322 has a driving means such as a solenoid, and supplies the game balls stored in the upper plate 23 one by one onto the launch rail 321. The solenoid 323 is a driving means for launching the game ball supplied on the launch rail 321 toward the inner rail 311 and the outer rail 312. Then, in the game machine 10, the solenoid 323 is driven and controlled in response to the operation of the launch handle 21 by the player, and the game ball is launched from the game ball launch mechanism 32 to the game board 31. The game ball launching mechanism 32 may be a mechanism for launching the game ball by using another driving means such as a motor instead of the solenoid 323.

Returning to the description of FIG. 4, the general winning opening 313, the upper operating opening 314, the lower operating opening 315, the variable winning opening 316, and the out opening 318 are formed with openings penetrating the game board 31 in the front-rear direction. .. Then, on the back side of the game board 31, the entry of the game ball can be individually detected corresponding to each of the general winning opening 313, the upper operating opening 314, the lower operating opening 315, and the variable winning opening 316. Sensors 313a, 314a, 315a, and 316a (see FIG. 5) are provided. Further, the through gate 317 is a gate through which the game ball can pass, and has a ball entry sensor 317a (see FIG. 5) capable of individually detecting the game ball passing through the through gate 317.

The ball entry sensors 313a to 317a are electrically connected to the main control unit 331, and the detection results of the ball entry sensors 313a to 317a are input to the main control unit 331. Hereinafter, the detection of a game ball by the ball entry sensors 313a to 317a is also referred to as a prize. The ball entry sensors 313a to 317a are, for example, electromagnetic induction type proximity sensors, but may be any sensor capable of individually detecting the entry of a game ball by another detection method.

Further, the lower operating port 315 is provided with an electric accessory 315b for switching whether or not there is a restriction on the entry of the game ball into the lower operating port 315. The electric accessory 315b is opened and closed by a driving means such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 31. Then, in the game board 31, the opening of the electric accessory 315b allows the game ball to enter the lower operating port 315, and the closing of the electric accessory 315b allows the game ball to enter the lower operating port 315. Be restricted.

Further, the variable winning opening 316 is provided with an opening / closing door 316b for switching whether or not there is a restriction on the entry of the game ball into the variable winning opening 316. The opening / closing door 316b is opened / closed by a driving means such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 31. Then, in the game board 31, the opening / closing door 316b allows the game ball to enter the variable winning opening 316, and the opening / closing door 316b closes the opening / closing door 316 to limit the entry of the game ball into the variable winning opening 316. Door.

Then, in the game machine 10, when the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315 is detected by the entry sensor 314a or the entry sensor 315a, the main control unit 331 performs a big hit lottery. .. Then, the main control unit 331 controls the display of the main display unit 37 according to the lottery result. Further, the jackpot lottery result by the main control unit 331 (determination result of presence / absence of transition to the specific gaming state) is transmitted to the sub control unit 332, and the sub control unit 332 displays the variable display unit 34 according to the lottery result. Control.

Further, in the game machine 10, when the entry of the game ball into the general winning opening 313, the upper operating opening 314, the lower operating opening 315, and the variable winning opening 316 is detected by the entry sensors 313a to 316a, it is set in advance. The number of prize balls will be paid out. For example, the number of prize balls when entering the general winning opening 313 is 10, the number of winning balls when entering the upper operating opening 314 or the lower operating opening 315 is 3, and when entering the variable winning opening 316. The number of prize balls is 15. In particular, in the game machine 10, when the lottery result performed by the main control unit 331 is a big hit, the state in which the variable winning opening 316 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) is repeated a predetermined number of times (for example, 16 times). As a result, a large amount of prize balls are paid out, and the player is given game value.

The variable display unit 34 has a symbol display unit 341 such as a liquid crystal display that is visibly arranged through an opening 31A formed in a substantially central portion of the game board 31. The symbol display unit 341 displays a still image or a moving image, and the display content of the symbol display unit 341 is controlled by the sub control unit 332. Specifically, in the symbol display unit 341, various types such as a symbol variation display and an effect display according to the result of a jackpot lottery performed by the main control unit 331 in response to a ball entering the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315. Is displayed. The symbol display unit 341 may be a plasma display, an organic EL display, or the like.

For example, the symbol variation display performed by the symbol display unit 341 is performed by scrolling the main symbols with the numbers "1" to "9" in order in the vertical direction or the horizontal direction. In addition, a sub-design indicating another character or a symbol may be displayed between the main symbols. Further, in the symbol display unit 341, when the game ball enters the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315, the symbol variation display is not performed and the number of reserved symbols corresponding to the reserved ball number N is held. It is displayed up to a predetermined maximum number (for example, 4).

Then, when the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 341 is stopped, the symbol display unit 341 displays a state in which the main symbols are lined up on one line or a plurality of lines. At this time, the stopped state of the main symbol clearly indicates the result of the jackpot lottery by the main control unit 331. For example, when the result of the jackpot lottery is "probability change jackpot", an odd number of symbols set in advance as symbols indicating the probability variation jackpot are arranged in one line (for example, "333" or "777"). ) Is displayed. On the other hand, when the result of the jackpot lottery is "normal jackpot", an even number of symbols set in advance as symbols indicating normal jackpot among the main symbols are lined up in one line (for example, "222" or "444"). ) Is displayed. If the result of the jackpot lottery is "missing", a state in which different main symbols are lined up in one line (for example, "323" or "727") is displayed.

The magnet sensor 35 is provided around the upper operating port 314 and on the back side of the game board 24. The magnet sensor 35 is electrically connected to the main control unit 331, and the detection result of the magnet sensor 35 is input to the main control unit 331. As a result, when an act of illegally guiding the game ball to the upper operating port 314 using a magnet is performed, the fraudulent act can be detected.

The radio wave sensor 36 is provided around the upper operating port 314 and the lower operating port 315, and is provided on the back side of the game board 24. The radio wave sensor 36 is electrically connected to the main control unit 331, and the detection result of the radio wave sensor 36 is input to the main control unit 331. As a result, when an act of illegally inputting a radio wave into the detection sensor 314a or the detection sensor 315a to erroneously detect the entry of a game ball is performed, the fraudulent act can be detected. The radio wave sensor 36 can detect radio waves of, for example, 50 MHz to 3 GHz.

The main display unit 37 includes a plurality of LEDs and two 7-segment displays arranged in the upper right portion of the game board 31, and is used to display the game state of the game machine 10. For example, in the main display unit 37, the gaming state of the game machine 10 (for example, probability change, time reduction, or normal), the number of reserved balls N of the symbol variation display caused by entering the upper operating port 114 and the lower operating port 115, etc. Is displayed by the lighting patterns of the plurality of LEDs. Further, in the main display unit 37, the 7-segment display on one side performs a variable display of the symbol triggered by winning a prize in the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315, and the result of the jackpot lottery in the main control unit 331 is obtained. Stop at the corresponding pattern. Further, in the other 7-segment display, the symbol is variablely displayed triggered by winning the through gate 317, and the symbol corresponding to the result of the big hit lottery in the main control unit 331 is displayed.

[Back pack unit 13]
As shown in FIG. 3, the back pack unit 13 includes a payout mechanism 130 and a peripheral control unit 140.

The payout mechanism 130 includes a tank 131 for storing the ball game balls supplied from the island facility (not shown) of the game hall, and a payout device 132 for paying out the game balls from the tank 131 toward the upper plate 23. When the game balls on the upper plate 23 are saturated, the game balls paid out from the payout device 132 are paid out to the lower plate 24.

The peripheral control unit 140 includes a payout control device 7, a launch control device 8, and a power supply control device 9 (see FIG. 5). The payout control device 7 controls the number of game balls paid out by the payout device 132. The launch control device 8 controls the game ball launch mechanism 32 in response to the operation of the launch handle 21. The power control device 9 converts the electric power supplied from the island facility (not shown) to which the game machine 10 is connected to a predetermined voltage level, and supplies the power to various control devices and various drive means provided in the game machine 10. To do.

[System configuration of game machine 10]
Next, the system configuration of the game machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG.

[Main control unit 331]
The main control unit 331 includes a main control device 4 (an example of a main control means) that executes a main control of a game in the game machine 10. The main control device 4 is equipped with an MPU 41, an input / output I / F 42, and the like. The MPU 41 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer. Further, the MPU 41 has a built-in ROM 411 and a RAM 412.

The input / output I / F 42 is an input / output interface that inputs various signals to the main control device 4 and outputs a control signal from the main control device 4. Further, the input / output I / F 42 is also connected to the ball entry sensors 313a to 317a, the magnet sensor 35, the radio wave sensor 36, and the like. Then, the MPU 41 determines whether or not the ball has entered the general winning opening 313, the upper operating opening 314, the lower operating opening 315, the variable winning opening 316, and the through gate 317 based on the detection signals from the ball entry sensors 313a to 317a. To do. Further, the MPU 41 determines the presence or absence of fraudulent activity using the magnet or the radio wave based on the detection signals from the magnet sensor 35 and the radio wave sensor 36. Further, the input / output I / F 42 is connected to a voice lamp control device 5, a payout control device 7, a launch control device 8, a power supply control device 9, and the like.

Then, the MPU 41 outputs various commands such as a fluctuation pattern command, a hold ball number command, a jackpot start command, and a jackpot end command to the voice lamp control device 5. The variation pattern command is a command indicating the result of the jackpot lottery and the variation display time, and is the information stored in the hold storage area 412b described later when the variation display by the symbol display unit 341 and the main display unit 37 is started. Is determined based on the above, and is output to the voice lamp control device 5. The hold ball number command is output to the voice lamp control device 5 to notify the hold ball number N when the hold ball number N stored in the hold storage area 412b, which will be described later, changes. The jackpot start command is output to the voice lamp control device 5 when shifting to the jackpot state. The jackpot end command is output to the voice lamp control device 5 when the jackpot state ends.

Further, the main control device 4 is also equipped with an oscillation circuit, a frequency dividing circuit, and the like as means for supplying an operation clock to the MPU 41. The oscillating circuit outputs a clock signal having a predetermined frequency, and the frequency dividing circuit changes the frequency of the clock signal output from the oscillating circuit and inputs it to the MPU 41. Specifically, the execution cycle of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 8), which will be described later, executed by the MPU 41 is determined by the clock signal output from the frequency divider circuit.

In the present embodiment, a clock signal is supplied from the frequency divider circuit to the MPU 41 at preset intervals of 4 msec, and the MPU 41 performs a timer interrupt process described later every time a rising edge (or falling edge) of the clock signal occurs. It shall be started and executed. The oscillation circuit and the frequency dividing circuit are also mounted on the sub control unit 332 and the peripheral control unit 140 as needed, and supply the operation clocks of various control bodies in the sub control unit 332 and the peripheral control unit 140. Further, a clock signal may be supplied from the main control unit 331 to the sub control unit 332 and the peripheral control unit 140.

The ROM 411 is a non-volatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The RAM 412 is a volatile storage unit capable of reading and writing various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (work area) for various processes executed by the MPU 41. The RAM 412 may be a non-volatile storage unit.

Here, with reference to FIG. 6, the electrical configuration for the MPU 41 of the main control device 4 of the game machine 10 to perform a big hit lottery or the like will be described. The MPU 41 uses various counter information stored in the RAM 412 during the game to execute a jackpot lottery, set a variable display time, and the like. Here, FIG. 6 is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of the storage area of the RAM 412.

As shown in FIG. 6, the RAM 412 has a storage area corresponding to the lottery counter 412a, the hold storage area 412b, and the electric service hold area 412c.

The lottery counter 412a includes a jackpot random number counter C1 used for a lottery for generating jackpots, a jackpot type counter C2 used for determining a jackpot type, and a reach random number counter C3 used for determining a missed type. included. Further, the lottery counter 412a includes a random number initial value counter CIN1 used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a variation type counter CS1 for determining the variation display time in the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341. Is done. Further, the lottery counter 412a includes an electric accessory opening counter C4 used for lottery as to whether or not the electric accessory 315b of the lower operating port 315 is set to the electric service open state. Hereinafter, when these multiple types of counters are collectively described, they are simply abbreviated as counters.

Then, the counters C1 to C4, CIN1, and CS1 are used as loop counters in which 1 is added to the previous value at short intervals by the MPU 41, and after reaching a preset maximum value, the counter returns to 0. The updated values are recorded in the counters C1 to C4, CIN1, and CS1, and are referred to by the MPU 41 when the jackpot lottery and the fluctuation table time are set.

The hold storage area 412b includes a hold area RE including a first hold area RE1, a second hold area RE2, a third hold area RE3, and a fourth hold area RE4, and an execution area AE. Then, when a prize is generated in the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315, the information corresponding to the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the RAM 412 is used as the pending information. , It is stored in one of the first hold area RE1 to the fourth hold area RE4 of the hold area RE. The execution area AE is an area for moving each value stored in the first hold area RE1 of the hold area RE when the variable display of the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341 is started, and is once. At the start of the game, a big hit lottery or the like is performed based on various numerical information stored in the execution area AE.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 738, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CIN1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CIN1 is a loop counter that is updated within the same range (0 to 738) as the jackpot random number counter C1. The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated and stored in the hold storage area 412b at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315.

The value of the random number that wins the jackpot is set in two types, a low probability mode (normal mode) and a high probability mode (probability variation mode), according to the win / loss table stored in the win / loss table storage area in the ROM 411. For example, the number of random numbers that win the jackpot in the low probability mode is 2 (373, 727), and the number of random numbers that win the jackpot in the high probability mode is 13 (59, 109, 163, 211, 263, 317). 376, 421, 479, 523, 631, 683, 733). If the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is other than the random number values for winning the jackpot, the result of the jackpot lottery will be wrong.

The jackpot type counter C2 is incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 4, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and is stored in the hold storage area 412b at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315. As the value of the random number for the jackpot type counter C2, two types of hit types, a probabilistic jackpot and a normal jackpot, are set by the distribution table stored in the distribution table storage area in the ROM 411. For example, the number of random numbers that are probabilistic jackpots is 3 (1, 2, 3), and the number of random numbers that are usually jackpots is 2 (0, 4).

Then, when the MPU 41 determines the variation mode by the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341, the lottery result is "probability variation jackpot" based on the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. , "Normal jackpot", or "missing".

The reach random number counter C3 is incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 238, for example, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated and is stored in the hold storage area 412b at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315.

Specifically, in the game machine 10, the reach random number counter C3 selects the stop type of the variable display displayed on the symbol display unit 341 when the result of the jackpot lottery is out of order. The types of stop at the time of detachment include "front-back detachment reach" (for example, in the range of 0 to 8) in which the final stop symbol is shifted by one before and after the reach symbol after the reach occurs, and after the reach occurs. Three stops (for example, a range of 9 to 38) where the final stop symbol stops outside the front and back of the reach symbol, and a "complete deviation" (for example, a range of 39 to 238) where reach does not occur. Production) Patterns are included. The reach random number counter C3 is included in the hold ball number command described later and transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 is based on the reach random number counter C3 and displays fluctuations on the symbol display unit 341 at the time of disconnection. To control.

The electric accessory release counter C4 is, for example, incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 250, reaches a maximum value, and then returns to 0. The electric accessory opening counter C4 is periodically updated, and is stored in the electric service holding area 412c in the RAM 412 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 317. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not to open the electric accessory 315b according to the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 stored in the electric service holding area 412c.

The variation type counter CS1 is incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 198, and is returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Specifically, the variation type counter CS1 determines a rough variation type such as so-called normal reach, special reach, and super reach. The variation type counter CS1 is updated once each time the main process described later is executed, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the main process.

Then, when the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341 determine the variation mode, the MPU 41 determines the variation pattern indicating the variation display time based on the variation type counter CS1 and the preset variation table. Specifically, the MPU 41 specifies the type of fluctuation pattern with reference to the normal jackpot fluctuation table, the probability variation jackpot fluctuation table, or the deviation fluctuation table stored in advance in the ROM 411. These fluctuation tables are individually provided for each of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Here, FIGS. 7 (A), 7 (B), and 7 (C) are diagrams showing an example of a normal jackpot fluctuation table, a probabilistic jackpot fluctuation table, and a deviation fluctuation table. As shown in FIG. 7, in the normal jackpot fluctuation table, the probability variation jackpot fluctuation table, and the deviation fluctuation table, fluctuation patterns are associated in advance according to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. Then, the MPU 41 is a normal jackpot fluctuation table when the lottery result is "normal jackpot", a probability variation jackpot fluctuation table when the lottery result is "probability change jackpot", and a loss fluctuation table when the lottery result is "missing". To specify the type of fluctuation pattern by referring to each.

More specifically, in the normal jackpot fluctuation table and the probability variation jackpot fluctuation table, one of the fluctuation patterns "01" to "03" is selected according to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. When the variation pattern "01" is selected here, the symbol display unit 341 executes the variation display in the normal reach mode in which the variation display time is 30 s. Further, when the variation pattern "02" is selected, the symbol display unit 341 has a variation display time of 45 s, and the variation display is performed in a special reach mode in which the operation of the operation button 22 by the player can be reflected in the effect content. Is executed. Further, when the variation pattern "03" is selected, the symbol display unit 341 executes the variation display in the mode of super reach, which has the longest variation display time of 60s. The types of fluctuation patterns are not limited to these, and for example, premium reach is also an example of fluctuation patterns.

In the game machine 10, a plurality of types of normal reach having different characters or stories are prepared as normal reach corresponding to the fluctuation pattern "01", and one of the normal reach selected from the normal reach is executed.

Similarly, in the game machine 10, as a special reach corresponding to the fluctuation pattern "02", a plurality of types of special reach having different characters, stories, operation methods, etc. are prepared, and one of the special reach selected from them is prepared. Out reach is performed. Specifically, the special reach includes a one-shot operation effect that requires a single operation of the operation button 22, a continuous operation effect that requires a continuous operation of the operation button 22, and a length that requires a long press operation of the operation button 22. Includes push operation effects. In addition, these various productions will be described later.

Further, in the game machine 10, a plurality of types of super reach having different characters, stories, etc. are prepared as super reach corresponding to the fluctuation pattern "03", and one of the special reach selected from them is executed. Will be done. The super reach is a reach having a longer fluctuation time than the normal reach and the special reach, and includes, for example, a reach developed from the normal reach and a reach accompanied by the operation of the operation button 22 similar to the special reach.

On the other hand, in the deviation fluctuation table, the correspondence between the fluctuation type counter CS1 and the fluctuation pattern is determined according to the stop type at the time of deviation (reach before and after deviation, reach other than front and rear deviation, complete deviation) determined by the value of the reach random number counter C3. Is stipulated. More specifically, when the stop type at the time of disconnection is front / rear deviation reach or non-front / rear deviation reach, one of the fluctuation patterns "01" to "03" is selected according to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. .. On the other hand, when the stop type at the time of disengagement is completely deviated, either the fluctuation pattern "04" or "05" is selected according to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1.

In the game machine 10, the variation display is executed in the mode of the deviation pattern in which the variation display stops at the deviation symbol without accompanying the advance notice effect or the like for the stop type at the time of the deviation corresponding to the variation pattern “04”. Further, for the stop type at the time of deviation corresponding to the fluctuation pattern "05", the fluctuation display is executed in the mode of the deviation pattern in which the fluctuation display is stopped at the deviation symbol with a notice effect or the like.

Then, when the MPU 41 specifies the fluctuation pattern indicating the fluctuation display time by the main display unit 37 and the symbol display unit 341, the MPU 41 inputs the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation pattern command indicating the lottery result to the voice lamp control device 5. Specifically, when the lottery result is "normal jackpot", the MPU 41 outputs one of the fluctuation patterns "A01" to "A03" in which "A" is added in front of the fluctuation pattern, and the lottery result is "probability change". In the case of "big hit", any one of the fluctuation patterns "B01" to "B03" in which "B" is added in front of the fluctuation pattern is output. If the lottery result is "off", one of the fluctuation patterns "C01" to "C05" in which "C" is added in front of the fluctuation pattern is output. As a result, the voice lamp control device 5 can determine the lottery result and the fluctuation display time based on the fluctuation pattern command, and is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 based on the lottery result and the fluctuation display time. The details of the variation mode such as the variation type and the effect type are determined. Then, the voice lamp control device 5 causes the symbol display unit 341 to execute the fluctuation display based on the details of the determined fluctuation mode, reproduces the voice from the speaker 26 in accordance with the fluctuation display, and lights and blinks the illumination unit 27. Let me.

Therefore, in the game machine 10, the MPU 41 of the main control device 4 performs only a simple process of determining only the fluctuation pattern (variation display time) based on the fluctuation type counter CS1 and the fluctuation table for the fluctuation display in the symbol display unit 341. Will be executed. Therefore, even in the game machine 10 in which the MPU 41 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer, the jackpot lottery can be stably executed. Further, since the details of the variation mode actually displayed on the symbol display unit 341 are determined by the voice lamp control device 5, it is possible to selectively execute a wide variety of variation modes as the variation mode.

[Sub control unit 332]
As shown in FIG. 5, the sub control unit 332 includes a voice lamp control device 5 and a display control device 6. The voice lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6 are mounted on individual or the same control boards provided in the sub control unit 332.

[Voice lamp control device 5]
The voice lamp control device 5 includes an MPU 51, an input / output I / F 52, and the like. The MPU 51 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer. Further, the MPU 51 has a built-in ROM 511 and a RAM 512.

The ROM 511 is a non-volatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. In addition, the ROM 511 also stores information such as voice or lamp lighting patterns used in various effects. The RAM 512 is a volatile storage unit capable of reading and writing various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (work area) for various processes executed by the MPU 51. The RAM 512 may be a non-volatile storage unit.

The voice lamp control device 5 executes a process according to the control program stored in the ROM 511 by the MPU 51, and the display control device 6 is based on various commands (control signals) input from the main control device 4. A control signal is input to control the display of the symbol display unit 341. For example, the MPU 51 reflects the operation of the operation button 22 within the preset operation validity period in the effect display based on the result (determination result) of the jackpot lottery by the MPU 41, a single-shot operation effect, a continuous hit operation effect, and a long-press operation effect. Judge whether or not such as is executed. Further, the MPU 51 executes one or a plurality of operation effects determined to be executed based on the result (determination result) of the jackpot lottery by the MPU 41. Here, the MPU 51 is an example of an effect determining means and an effect executing means.

The input / output I / F 52 is an input / output interface that inputs various signals to the voice lamp control device 5 and outputs control signals from the voice lamp control device 5. Specifically, the main control device 4 and the display control device 6 are connected to the input / output I / F 52. Then, various commands such as a fluctuation pattern command, a hold ball number command, a jackpot start command, and a jackpot end command are input from the main control device 4 to the voice lamp control device 5. Another embodiment is also conceivable in which the display control device 6 receives various commands from the main control device 4 and inputs the various commands to the voice lamp control device 5. Further, another embodiment is also conceivable in which the sub control unit 332 includes one control device having both functions of the voice lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6. For example, it is conceivable that the sub control unit 332 includes one MPU, and the MPU executes the same processing as the MPU 51 and MPU 61 of the voice lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6 in parallel by time division processing or the like.

Further, a speaker 26 and an illumination unit 27 are connected to the input / output I / F 52. Then, in the voice lamp control device 5, the MPU 51 can control the voice output from the speaker 26, the lighting mode of the illumination unit 27, and the like based on various commands input from the main control device 4. Is. Further, the MPU 51 can also control the sound output from the speaker 26, the lighting mode of the illumination unit 27, and the like based on the operation of the operation button 22.

The MPU 51 executes predetermined arithmetic processing based on various commands such as a fluctuation pattern command, a hold ball number command, a jackpot start command, and a jackpot end command input from the main control device 4.

Specifically, when the variation pattern command is input, the MPU 51 determines the variation pattern based on the variation pattern command, transmits the display variation pattern command corresponding to the variation pattern to the display control device 6, and symbol variation. The variable display on the display unit 341 is started. After that, the MPU 51 sends a fluctuation stop command to the display control device 6 to stop the fluctuation display on the symbol fluctuation display unit 341 at the fluctuation display time corresponding to the fluctuation pattern command, and the lottery result indicated by the fluctuation pattern command. The stop symbol corresponding to is displayed. At this time, when the fluctuation pattern command indicates a deviation, the symbol variation display unit 341 displays a combination of symbols corresponding to the deviation. On the other hand, when the variable pattern command indicates a normal jackpot, the combination of symbols corresponding to the normal jackpot is displayed, and when the variable pattern command indicates a probability variation jackpot, the combination of symbols corresponding to the probability variation jackpot is displayed.

Further, the MPU 51 can reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect displayed on the symbol variation display unit 341. Specifically, in the MPU 51, various storage areas, flags, counters, and the like provided in the ROM 511 and the RAM 512 are used in order to execute the display control of the symbol display unit 341.

The ROM 511 is a non-volatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The ROM 511 stores various table information such as a variable type table 511a, an effect type table 511b, a single-shot operation table 511c, a continuous hit operation table 511d, and a long press operation table 511e. These table information are used to specify the details of the effect content in the variation display when the variation display in the symbol display unit 341 is started based on the variation pattern command input from the main control device 4.

The RAM 512 is a volatile storage unit capable of reading and writing various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area for various processes executed by the MPU 51. The RAM 512 includes a first detection flag 512a, a second detection flag 512b, a third detection flag 512c, a first pattern flag 512d, a second pattern flag 512e, a third pattern flag 512f, a single-shot effect flag 512g, and a continuous hit effect flag 512h. The long press effect flag 512i, the continuous hit counter 512k, the long press counter 512m, the reception start flag 512n, the effect type counter 512p, and the like are stored. These various flags and counters are used in various operation effect processes (see FIGS. 16 to 18) described later that involve the operation of the operation button 22.

[Display control device 6]
The display control device 6 controls the display of the symbol display unit 341 based on various commands (control signals) input from the voice lamp control device 5. Specifically, the display control device 6 executes the symbol variation and the effect display by controlling the display of the symbol display unit 341 based on the display variation pattern command input from the voice lamp control device 5.

The display control device 6 includes an MPU 61, an input / output I / F 62, and the like, and the voice lamp control device 5 and the symbol display unit 341 are connected to the input / output I / F 62. Bidirectional communication may be possible between the voice lamp control device 5 and the display control device 6.

The MPU 61 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer, and the MPU 61 has a ROM 611 and a RAM 612 built-in. Further, the display control device 6 also includes various circuits such as a timer circuit for measuring time and an interrupt circuit for receiving interrupts.

In addition to various control programs, the ROM 611 stores variable symbols, reach effect images, jackpot effect images, notice character images, and the like displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Each image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 includes a still image or a moving image. The RAM 612 is a volatile storage unit capable of reading and writing various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (work area) for various processes executed by the MPU 61. The RAM 612 may be a non-volatile storage unit.

[Payout control device 7]
The payout control device 7 is equipped with an MPU 71, an input / output I / F 72, and the like. The MPU 71 is an arithmetic unit configured as a one-chip microcomputer. Further, the MPU 71 has a built-in ROM 711 and RAM 712.

The ROM 711 is a non-volatile storage unit in which various control programs and various parameter information are stored in advance. The RAM 712 is a volatile storage unit capable of reading and writing various types of information, and is used as a primary storage area (work area) for various processes executed by the MPU 71. The RAM 712 may be a non-volatile storage unit.

The input / output I / F 72 is an input / output interface that inputs various signals to the payout control device 7 and outputs a control signal from the payout control device 7. Specifically, the payout device 132 and the ball lending device 100 are connected to the input / output I / F 72.

As described above, the payout device 132 pays out the game ball from the tank 131 toward the upper plate 23, and has a drive unit 132a such as a motor for driving a ball stop member for switching whether or not the game ball is paid out. It is provided with a payout sensor 132b that individually detects the game balls to be paid out. The payout control device 7 pays out an arbitrary number of game balls by controlling the drive unit 132a based on the detection result by the payout sensor 132b. Further, the payout control device 7 is provided with a state return switch 73. The state return switch 73 is operated to clear the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the payout device 132.

The ball lending device 100 is installed on the island facility in the same manner as the game machine 10. Then, the ball lending device 100 adjusts to the amount of money stored in the card inserted in the ball lending device 100 in response to the operation of the ball lending operation device (not shown) provided on the front frame 11 of the game machine 10. It is possible to pay out a considerable number of game balls and lend them to the player. Specifically, when a control signal indicating that a predetermined number of game balls are to be paid out is input from the ball lending device 100 to the payout control device 7, the payout device 132 is controlled by the MPU 71 to obtain a predetermined number of game balls. It will be paid out. The recording medium for storing the amount of money is not limited to the card, and may be, for example, a coin-type storage medium containing an IC chip. Further, the ball lending device 100 may be capable of lending a predetermined number of game balls according to the cash by inserting cash.

[Launch control device 8]
The launch control device 8 includes a launch control IC 81 that controls the drive of the game ball launch mechanism 32. Specifically, the launch control IC 81 drives the ball feed device 322 of the game ball launch mechanism 32 while the launch handle 21 is being rotated to launch the game ball stored in the upper plate 23 on the launch rail 321. Supply on. Then, the launch control IC 81 detects the amount of operation of the launch handle 21, and drives the solenoid 323 of the game ball launch mechanism 32 according to the amount of operation to direct the game ball on the launch rail 321 toward the game board 31. And fire. At this time, the launch control IC 81 drives the ball feeding device 322 and the solenoid 323 using a clock signal that switches ON / OFF at a preset cycle (for example, 0.6 sec) as a drive signal. As a result, in the game machine 10, one game ball is launched toward the game area every 0.6 sec.

Further, the firing handle 21 is provided with a variable resistor for detecting the rotation operation amount by the player, and a voltage is input to the firing control IC 81 according to the rotation operation amount of the firing handle 21. As a result, the launch control IC 81 increases the firing intensity of the game ball from the game ball launch mechanism 32 as the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 21 increases, based on the voltage value input according to the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 21. The voltage applied to the solenoid 323 is adjusted so that it becomes stronger.

Further, the launch handle 21 has a touch sensor 21a for detecting that the player is touching the launch handle 21, and a ball stop switch 21b for the player to arbitrarily stop the launch of the game ball. Is provided. When the launch control IC 81 uses the touch sensor 21a and the ball stop switch 21b to detect that the player is not touching the launch handle 21 by the touch sensor 21a, or the ball stop switch 21b is operated by the player. When this is detected, the launch of the game ball by the game ball launch mechanism 32 is stopped. As a result, for example, the launch handle 21 is fixed in a rotationally operated state, and the game is prevented in a situation where the player is not touching the launch handle 21. Further, the player can arbitrarily stop the launch of the ball game ball by operating the ball stop switch 21b with his thumb or the like while rotating the launch handle 21.

[Power control device 9]
The power supply control device 9 generates a + 12V voltage for driving various sensors and a drive unit, a + 5V voltage for logic used in various control devices, and the like. Then, the power supply control device 9 supplies the generated + 12V or + 5V voltage to the main control device 4, the voice lamp control device 5, the display control device 6, the payout control device 7, the emission control device 8, and the like.

The power control device 9 is provided with a power switch 91 for turning on / off the power of the game machine 10 and a RAM erasing switch 92 operated when the game machine 10 is returned to the initial state. The game machine 10 is initialized when the power switch 91 is operated and the power is turned on while the RAM erase switch 92 is ON.

Further, the power supply control device 9 is provided with a capacitor and a secondary battery as charging means for being charged by the electric power supplied from the power supply equipment. As a result, in the game machine 10, even when the power supply from the power supply equipment is cut off, the information of the RAMs provided in the various control devices is held for a predetermined period by the power discharged from the capacitor. Further, in the game machine 10, even when the power supply from the power supply equipment is cut off, various control devices can be driven by the power discharged from the secondary battery for a predetermined period of time.

Further, when the power supply control device 9 determines that the power supply is cut off, the power supply control device 9 inputs a power failure signal to the main control device 4, the voice lamp control device 5, the payout control device 7, and the like. For example, when the power supply control device 9 outputs a preset DC voltage of 24 V based on the power supplied from the power supply facility, the power supply control device 9 is in a power failure state when the DC voltage reaches less than the preset 22 V. Judge. When the main control device 4, the voice lamp control device 5, the payout control device 7, and the like receive the power failure signal from the power supply control device 9, the main control device 4, the voice lamp control device 5, and the payout control device 7 interrupt the running control and execute a predetermined NMI interrupt process.

[Processing of main control unit 4]
Next, various processes executed by the MPU 41 of the main control device 4 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 8 to 10. Specifically, in the game machine 10, the MPU 41 is executed during a start-up process that is started when the power is turned on, a main process that is executed after the start-up process, a timer interrupt process that is started periodically, and a power failure. Execute NMI interrupt processing and so on. In the present embodiment, the description of the start-up process and the NMI interrupt process will be omitted.

[Timer interrupt processing of main controller 4]

Here, FIG. 8 is a flowchart for explaining an example of the procedure of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 41. The MPU 41 activates and executes the timer interrupt process every 2 msec, for example.

<Step S701>
First, in step S701, a sensor detection process for determining the detection state of various sensors or switches connected to the main control device 4 is executed. For example, the detection states of the ball entry sensors 313a to 317a, the magnetic sensor 35, the radio wave sensor 36, and the like are determined. At this time, when the entry of the game ball into any of the entry sensors 313a to 317a is detected, the information is stored in the RAM 412 as the winning detection information.

<Step S702>
Next, in step S702, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0.

<Step S703>
Subsequently, in step S703, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are each added by 1, and when the counter values reach the maximum value, the counter value is set to 0. Clear to.

<Steps S704 to S705>
After that, in step S704, a start winning process (see FIG. 9) described later is executed in connection with winning a prize in the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315, and in step S705, after executing the firing control process, the timer interrupt is interrupted. End the process.

In the launch control process, the touch sensor 21a detects that the player is touching the launch handle 21, and the ball stop switch 21b for stopping the launch is not operated. It is a process to enable firing. Further, the launch control process invalidates the launch of the game ball when it is detected by the touch sensor 21a that the player is not touching the launch handle 21 or when the ball stop switch 21b is operated. It is a process to make. The MPU 41 gives an instruction to launch the game ball to the launch control device 8 when the launch of the game ball is effective.

[Starting winning process of main control device 4]
Here, with reference to FIG. 9, the start winning process executed by the MPU 41 in the step S704 will be described.

<Step S801>
First, in step S801, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won a prize in either the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315. Here, when it is determined that the game ball has won the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315 (S801: Yes), the process proceeds to step S802, and the game ball wins the upper operating port 314 or the lower operating port 315. If it is determined that it is not (S801: No), the start winning process is terminated.

<Steps S802-S803>
In step S802, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls N stored in the reserved number storage area NA of the RAM 412 is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Here, if the number of reserved balls N is less than the upper limit value (S802: Yes), the process proceeds to step S803, and the number of reserved balls N is incremented by 1. On the other hand, if the number of reserved balls N is equal to or greater than the upper limit value (S802: No), the start winning process is terminated.

<Step S804>
In step S804, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S703 (see FIG. 8) are set to the first area of the free hold area of the hold storage area 412b in the RAM 412. It is stored in and the start winning process is completed.

[Main processing of main control unit 4]
Next, the main process executed by the MPU 41 will be described with reference to FIG. In the main process, the main control process of the game is executed. In the main process, the processes of steps S901 to S906 are executed as periodic processes having a cycle of 4 msec, and the counter update processes of steps S908 and S909 are executed in the remaining time.

<Step S901>
First, in step S901, an external output process for transmitting output data such as a command set in the timer interrupt process or the previous main process to each control device on the sub side is executed. Specifically, the presence or absence of the prize detection information in the RAM 412 is determined, and if there is the prize detection information, a prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 7.

<Step S902>
Next, in step S902, the value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated. Specifically, the fluctuation type counter CS1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0.

<Step S903>
After that, in step S903, a prize ball command to be output to the payout control device 7 is set. Specifically, based on the winning detection information stored in the RAM 412, it is determined whether or not a winning has occurred in the general winning opening 313 or the like. Then, when a prize has been won, a prize ball command indicating the number of prize balls to be paid out according to the prize is set.

<Step S904>
Then, in step S904, the game time control process for controlling the game in each game time is executed. In the game time control process, the above-mentioned jackpot lottery is executed, and the variation pattern command required for the symbol variation display by the symbol display unit 341 is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5. At this time, the MPU 41 is based on the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 updated in step S909, which are updated in step S703 (see FIG. 8). A variation pattern command indicating the variation display time and the lottery result is set, and the variation pattern command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5.

<Step S905>
Next, in step S905, a game state transition process for shifting the game state is executed based on the result of the jackpot lottery in step S904. In the game state transition process, the game state is shifted to the open / close execution mode, the high probability mode, the low probability mode, the high frequency support mode, and the like. For example, in the opening / closing execution mode, after the opening / closing door 316b of the variable winning opening 316 is opened, the maximum opening time of the opening / closing door 316b of the variable winning opening 316 elapses, or a specified number of game balls are awarded to the variable winning opening 316. When any of the conditions is satisfied, the opening / closing process of one round of closing the opening / closing door 316b of the variable winning opening 316 is repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds.

<Step S906>
Subsequently, in step S906, the display control process of the 7-segment display of the main display unit 37 is executed. In the display control process, on the condition that the game ball has passed through the through gate 317, the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is acquired at the timing of the passage, and the one of the 7-segment displays on the main display unit 37 The variable display of the symbol is carried out. Then, a lottery of symbols is carried out based on the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4, and when the symbol hits, the electric accessory 315b attached to the lower operating port 315 is opened for a predetermined time. Further, in the other 7-segment display on the main display unit 37, the variation display is executed only during the variation display time corresponding to the variation pattern command, and the variation display is stopped at a symbol indicating the lottery result.

<Step S907>
Then, in step S907, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next main process has arrived, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed from the start of the previous main process. Here, when it is determined that the execution timing of the next main process has arrived (S907: Yes), the process proceeds to step S901, and each process after S901 described above is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution timing of the next main process has not arrived (S907: No), until the execution timing of the next main process arrives, that is, until the execution timing of the next main process is reached. During the remaining time, steps S908 and S909 are repeatedly executed.

<Step S908>
In step S908, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CIN1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0.

<Step S909>
In step S909, the variation type counter CS1 is updated. Specifically, the fluctuation type counter CS1 is added by 1, and when those counter values reach the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0. Then, after updating the variation type counter CS1, the process returns to step S907.

[Processing of audio lamp control device 5]
Next, various processes executed by the MPU 51 in the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 20.

In addition, it is considered as another embodiment that a part or all of the processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 in the present embodiment is executed by the MPU 61 of the display control device 6. In this case, various commands are input from the MPU 61 of the display control device 6 to the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5, so that the reproduced voice from the speaker 26 by the MPU 51 and the lighting mode of the illumination unit 27 are controlled. It will be. Further, in the voice lamp control device 5, the MPU 51 also executes control processing of the speaker 26 and the lighting unit 27, startup processing at the time of starting up the voice lamp control device 5, NMI interrupt processing at the time of power failure, and the like. In the present embodiment, the processing related to the operation button 22 executed by the voice lamp control device 5 will be described, and the description of other processing will be omitted.

[Timer interrupt processing of voice lamp control device 5]
Here, FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 51. The MPU 51 executes the timer interrupt process as a periodic process having a cycle of 1 msec.

As shown in FIG. 11, in the timer interrupt processing, the MPU 51 includes an operation detection process (S1001), a detection pattern determination process (S1002), a counter update process (S1003), a command determination process (S1004), and a single operation effect process (S1004). S1005), the continuous hit operation effect process (S1006), and the long press operation effect process (S1007) are executed.

In the present embodiment, as the operation effect accompanied by the operation of the operation button 22, the single-shot operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, and the long press effect process will be described as examples, but the present invention is not limited to these. For example, an operation effect in which the same operation effect is repeatedly executed among the single-shot operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, and the long press effect process can be considered, and any of the single-shot operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, and the long press effect process. It is also conceivable that the operation effect is executed by combining the two.

[Operation detection process: S1001]
Here, FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the operation detection process. In the operation detection process, the operation state of the operation button 22 is detected, and a process for sequentially updating the operation history for the past three times is executed. In the game machine 10, when the operation detection process is executed by the MPU 51, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 is operated at a predetermined interval (1 msec interval in the present embodiment).

<Steps S1101 to S1103>
As shown in FIG. 12, in the operation detection process, in step S1101, the value of the second detection flag 512b is shifted (overwritten) to the first detection flag 512a. Further, in step S1102, the value of the third detection flag 512c is shifted (overwritten) to the second detection flag 512b. After that, in step S1103, the operation state of the operation button 22 detected by the operation switch 22a is stored (overwritten) in the third detection flag 512c, and the operation detection process ends.

As described above, in the operation detection process, by executing the processes of steps S1101 to S1103, the operation states of the operation buttons 22 for the most recent three times at 1 msec intervals are detected by the first detection flags 512a to the third detection. It is stored in the flag 512c. Specifically, the third detection flag 512c stores the latest operating state, the second detection flag 512b stores the previous operating state, and the first detection flag 512a stores the previous operating state. Will be remembered.

[Detection pattern determination process: S1002]
Here, FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the detection pattern determination process. In the detection pattern determination process, the detection pattern generated in the operation history of the operation button 22 is determined based on the stored information of the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the third detection flag 512c.

<Step S1201>
As shown in FIG. 13, in the detection pattern determination process, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the first detection flag 512a, which indicates the operation state of the operation button 22 three times before, is on. Here, when the first detection flag 512a is on (S1201: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1202, and when the first detection flag 512a is off (S1201: No), the process proceeds to step S1205. ..

<Step S1202>
Next, in step S1202, it is determined whether or not the second detection flag 512b, which indicates the operation state of the operation button 22 two times before, is on. Here, when the second detection flag 512b is on (S1202: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1203, and when the second detection flag 512b is off (S1202: No), the process proceeds to step S1208. ..

<Step S1203>
Further, in step S1203, it is determined whether or not the third detection flag 512c indicating the operation state of the most recent operation button 22 is on. Here, when the third detection flag 512c is on (S1203: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1204, and when the third detection flag 512c is off (S1203: No), the process proceeds to step S1210. ..

<Step S1204>
In step S1204, the first pattern flag 512d is set to on, the second pattern flag 512e and the third pattern flag 512f are set to off, and the detection pattern determination process is terminated. That is, when the operation patterns of "ON", "ON", and "ON" occur in the operation state of the operation button 22 three times, the first pattern flag 512d is turned on. Then, the first pattern flag 512d is used as an index for determining whether or not the operation state of the operation button 22 is continuing.

<Step S1205>
If it is determined in step S1201 that the first detection flag 512a is not on (S1201: No), in the following step S1202, the second detection flag 512b indicating the operation state of the operation button 22 two times before is on. Judge whether or not. Here, when the second detection flag 512b is on (S1205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1206, and when the second detection flag 512b is off (S1205: No), the process proceeds to step S1210. ..

<Step S1206>
Further, in step S1206, it is determined whether or not the third detection flag 512c indicating the operation state of the most recent operation button 22 is on. Here, when the third detection flag 512c is on (S1206: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1207, and when the third detection flag 512c is off (S1206: No), the process proceeds to step S1210. ..

<Step S1207>
In step S1207, the second pattern flag 512e is set to on, the first pattern flag 512d and the third pattern flag 512f are set to off, and the detection pattern determination process is terminated. That is, the second pattern flag 512e is turned on when the operation patterns of "OFF", "ON", and "ON" occur in the operation state of the operation button 22 three times. Then, the second pattern flag 512e is used as an index for determining whether or not the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state (whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated). In this way, if it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has changed from the non-operation state to the operation state by using the second pattern flag 512e, the operation of the operation button 22 due to noise such as radio waves or static electricity can be started. False detection is prevented, and the start of operation of the operation button 22 is prevented from being reflected in the effect display at a timing not intended by the player.

<Step S1208>
If it is determined in step S1202 that the second detection flag 512a is not on (S1202: No), in the following step S1208, whether or not the third detection flag 512c indicating the operation state of the latest operation button 22 is on. To judge. Here, when the third detection flag 512c is on (S1208: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1210, and when the second detection flag 512b is off (S1208: No), the process proceeds to step S1209. ..

<Step S1209>
In step S1209, the third pattern flag 512f is set to on, the first pattern flag 512d and the second pattern flag 512e are set to off, and the detection pattern determination process is terminated. That is, the third pattern flag 512f is turned on when the operation patterns of "ON", "OFF", and "OFF" occur in the operation state of the operation button 22 three times. Then, the third pattern flag 512f is used as an index for determining whether or not the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state (whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is completed). In this way, if it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has changed from the operating state to the non-operating state by using the third pattern flag 512f, the operation of the operation button 22 due to noise such as radio waves or static electricity can be started. False detection is prevented, and the end of operation of the operation button 22 is prevented from being reflected in the effect display at a timing not intended by the player.

<Step S1210>
On the other hand, in step S1210, the first pattern flag 512d, the second pattern flag 512e, and the third pattern flag 512f are set to off, and the detection pattern determination process is terminated.

[Counter update process: S1003]
In the counter update process S1003, the effect type counter 512p is updated. Specifically, the effect type counter 512p is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, the counter value is cleared to 0. The effect type counter 512p updated here is used to determine the variation type and the effect type based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 4.

[Command determination process: S1004]
Here, FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the command determination process. In the command determination process, a command received from the main control device 4 is determined, and a process corresponding to the command is executed.

<Step S1301>
As shown in FIG. 14, in the command determination process, in step S1301, it is determined whether or not a command has been received from the main control device 4. Here, when the command is received (S1301: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1302, and when the command is not received (S1301: No), the command determination process is terminated.

<Step S1302>
Next, in step S1302, it is determined whether or not the received command is a variation pattern command. Here, if the command is not a variation pattern command (S1302: No), the process proceeds to step S1321, and if the command is a variation pattern command (S1302: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1303. The command received from the main control device 4 is stored in the RAM 512 and is erased when it is read out in step S1301.

<Step S1321>
In step S1321, after executing a process based on another command received from the main control device 4, the command determination process is terminated. For example, in step S1321, when the hold ball number command is input, the hold ball number display process for changing the number of hold symbols indicating the hold ball number N in the symbol display device 341 based on the hold ball number command is executed. To. In addition, when a jackpot start command is received, a preset jackpot start process is executed corresponding to the jackpot start command, and when a jackpot end command is received, it corresponds to the jackpot end command. The preset jackpot end process is executed.

<Step S1303>
In step S1303, the variation type and the effect type are determined based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 4. Specifically, the MPU 51 identifies the variation pattern based on the variation pattern command, the variation type table 511a and the effect type table 511b stored in the ROM 511 in advance, and the value of the effect type counter 512p stored in the RAM 512p. To do. The effect type table 511b includes a normal reach effect table corresponding to the normal reach, a special reach effect table corresponding to the special reach, and a super reach effect table corresponding to the super reach.

Here, FIG. 15A is a diagram showing an example of the variation type table 511a. As shown in FIG. 15A, the variation type table 511a defines the variation display time and the contents of the variation type corresponding to the variation pattern command. For example, the fluctuation pattern command "A01" whose lottery result is "normal jackpot" and whose fluctuation pattern is "01" is associated with a fluctuation display time "30s" and a fluctuation type "normal reach". Further, the fluctuation pattern command "B02" whose lottery result is "probability change jackpot" and whose fluctuation pattern is "02" is associated with the fluctuation display time "45s" and the fluctuation type "special reach", and the lottery result. Is "probability variation jackpot" and the variation pattern is "03". The variation pattern command "C03" is associated with the variation display time "90s" and the variation type "super reach". Further, the fluctuation pattern command "C04" whose lottery result is "off" and whose fluctuation pattern is "04" is associated with the fluctuation display time "7s" and the fluctuation type "no reach", and the lottery result is obtained. The fluctuation pattern command "C05", which is "off" and the fluctuation pattern is "05", is associated with the fluctuation display time "10s" and the fluctuation type "no reach".

Further, FIG. 15B is a diagram showing an example of a normal reach effect table included in the effect type table 511b. As shown in FIG. 15B, in the normal reach effect table, "effect X1" to "effect X5" are defined as the effect types corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p. Then, when the MPU 51 determines that the variation type is the normal reach, the MPU 51 selects the effect type corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p from the normal reach effect table. In the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, a case where there are five types of effects corresponding to each of the variable types will be described as an example, but there may be five or more types of effects.

On the other hand, FIG. 15C is a diagram showing an example of a special reach effect table included in the effect type table 511b. As shown in FIG. 15C, in the special reach effect table, "effect Y1" to "effect Y5" are defined as the effect types corresponding to the values of the effect type counter 512p. Then, when the MPU 51 determines that the variation type is the special reach, the MPU 51 selects the effect type corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p from the special reach effect table. For example, the effects Y1 and Y2 are the effect types with a single operation effect, the effects Y3 and Y4 are the effect types with the continuous hit operation effect, and the effect Y5 is the effect type with the long press operation effect.

Further, FIG. 15 (D) is a diagram showing an example of a super reach effect table included in the effect type table 511b. As shown in FIG. 15 (D), in the super reach effect table, "effect Z1" to "effect Z5" are defined as the effect types corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p. Then, when the MPU 51 determines that the variation type is super reach, the MPU 51 selects an effect type corresponding to the value of the effect type counter 512p from the super reach effect table.

Then, the MPU 51 sets a variation pattern command, a display variation pattern command indicating the variation type and the effect type determined based on the variation type table 511a, the effect type table 511b, and the effect type counter 512p, and stores them in the RAM 512. This display variation pattern command is transmitted to the display control device 6 in step S1310 described later, and the display control device 6 executes variation display and effect display using the symbol display unit 341 based on the display variation pattern command.

<Step S1304>
In step S1304, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by a one-shot operation effect. The single-shot operation effect is a single-shot operation result image as an effect result in response to one operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period during execution of the effect display performed by the symbol display unit 341. This is the type of production that is displayed. Here, if the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type with a single operation effect (S1304: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1305, and if the display variation pattern command is not an effect type with a single operation effect (S1304). : No), the process proceeds to step S1306.

<Step S1305>
In step S1305, a single-shot operation setting process for executing the single-shot operation effect is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1310. In the single-shot operation setting process, the single-shot effect flag 512g is set to on, and the single-shot operation result corresponding to the current single-shot operation effect is determined. Specifically, in the single-shot operation table 511c of the ROM 511, the single-shot operation result corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. Then, in the single-shot operation setting process, the single-shot operation result corresponding to the current single-shot operation effect is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the single-shot operation table 511c stored in the ROM 511.

<Step S1306>
Further, in step S1306, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by a continuous striking operation effect. The continuous striking operation effect means that the continuous striking effect image is displayed according to the intermittent operation (continuous striking operation) of the operation button 22 within the preset operation valid period during the execution of the effect display performed by the symbol display unit 341. After that, when the continuous striking counter 512k indicating the operation value corresponding to the number of operations of the operation button 22 reaches the first specified value, the continuous striking operation result image is displayed as the effect result. Here, if the display variation pattern command is an effect type accompanied by a continuous striking operation effect (S1306: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1307, and if the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by a continuous striking operation effect (S1306). : No), the process proceeds to step S1308.

<Step S1307>
In step S1307, the continuous striking operation setting process for executing the continuous striking operation effect is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1310. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation setting process, the continuous striking effect flag 512h is set to on, and the first specified value corresponding to the continuous striking operation effect this time is determined. Specifically, in the continuous hit operation table 511d of the ROM 511, the first specified value corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. Then, in the continuous striking operation setting process, the first specified value corresponding to the current continuous striking operation effect is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the continuous striking operation table 511d stored in the ROM 511. The first specified value is an operation value corresponding to the number of operations of the operation button 22 required as an end condition of the continuous hit operation effect processing. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, the first specified value is "20 times" with a probability of 5/100 and "10 times" with a probability of 10/100 based on the continuous hit operation table 511d and a predetermined random number value. , With a probability of 85/100, it is determined to be "5 times". On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the first specified value is "50 times" with a probability of 5/100, "100 times" with a probability of 10/100, and 85/100 based on the continuous hit operation table 511d. It is determined to be "200 times" with a probability. In addition, when the lottery result included in the variation pattern command is out of order, it is considered that the first specified value is a value larger than the number of times the operation button 22 can be repeatedly hit in the continuous hit operation effect.

<Step S1308>
Further, in step S1308, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by a long press operation effect. The long-press operation effect is after a long-press effect image is displayed in response to a long-press operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period during execution of the effect display performed by the symbol display unit 341. This is a type of effect in which a long press operation result image is displayed as an effect result when the long press counter 512 m indicating the operation time of the operation button 22 reaches the second specified value. Here, if the display variation pattern command is an effect type with a long press operation effect (S1308: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1309, and if the display variation pattern command is not an effect type with a long press operation effect. (S1308: No), the process proceeds to step S1310. The long press counter 512m is an example of a numerical value used to indicate the operation time during which the operation of the operation button 22 is continued, and even if the operation time of the operation button 22 is managed in units of time (msec). Good.

<Step S1309>
In step S1309, a long press operation setting process for executing the long press operation effect is executed, and the process proceeds to step S1310. Specifically, in the long press operation setting process, the long press effect flag 512i is set to on, and the second specified value corresponding to the current long press operation effect is determined. Specifically, in the long press operation table 511e of the ROM 511, a second specified value corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. Then, in the long press operation setting process, the second specified value corresponding to the current long press operation effect is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the long press operation table 511e stored in the ROM 511. Will be done. The second specified value is a value corresponding to the operation time of the operation button 22 used as an end condition of the long press operation effect processing. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, the second specified value is "1000" with a probability of 5/100 and "600" with a probability of 10/100 based on the long press operation table 511e and a predetermined random number value. , 85/100 with a probability of being determined to be "300". On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the second specified value is "3000" with a probability of 5/100, "6000" with a probability of 10/100, and a probability of 85/100 based on the long press operation table 511e. Is determined to be "10000". In addition, when the lottery result included in the variation pattern command is out of order, it is considered that the second specified value is a value larger than the long pressable time of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect. ..

<Step S1310>
In step S1310, a display variation pattern command for specifying the contents of the variation type and the effect type in the symbol display unit 341 is output to the display control device 6, and the command determination process is terminated. The display variation pattern command is information for identifying the variation type and the effect type determined in step S1303, and the ROM 611 of the display control device 6 contains a variation image and an effect image corresponding to each of the display variation pattern commands. Is remembered. As a result, in the display control device 6, the MPU 61 executes the variation display and the effect display on the symbol display unit 341 according to the variation type and the effect type corresponding to the display variation pattern command.

Here, with reference to FIG. 19, a display example of the symbol display unit 341 when a special reach is executed as the symbol variation display mode will be described. Further, here, it is determined in step S1306 that the display variation pattern command includes information indicating the continuous striking operation effect (S1306: Yes), and the continuous striking operation setting process is executed in step S1307. In the reach, a case where the continuous striking operation effect in which the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the effect is executed will be described as an example.

First, in the special reach, after the symbol display unit 341 starts the variable display of the symbol, the symbols on both sides are stopped, and the normal reach effect as shown in FIG. 19A is displayed. In addition, in FIG. 19A, symbols "7" are aligned on both sides, and a state in which the central symbol is fluctuating is shown.

After that, as shown in FIG. 19B, a continuous hit operation notification image for notifying the player of the operation method and the operation purpose of the operation button 22 is displayed at a preset timing. In the example shown in FIG. 19B, the player is notified of the operation method of the operation button 22 by displaying the message "Press the button repeatedly to accumulate power!" And the power gauge and the button symbol. Will be done. From such a notification, the player can recognize that the greater the power stored in the power gauge by pressing the operation button 22, the higher the probability of a big hit.

Since various images such as the continuous hit operation notification image are displayed during the production, the symbol variation display is displayed in a miniaturized state such as the lower right lower part of the symbol display unit 341 as shown in FIG. 19B. It is displayed in a part of the area of. Further, it is conceivable that the symbol variation display is not displayed on the symbol display unit 341 during the production.

After that, when a predetermined time elapses after the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed, as shown in FIG. 19C, a continuous hit operation start image for notifying the player of the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is displayed. To. In the example shown in FIG. 19C, the player is notified of the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 by displaying the message “Start!” As the image for starting the continuous striking operation. With such a notification, the player can recognize that the timing for pressing the operation button 22 has arrived.

Then, when the player starts the operation of repeatedly hitting the operation button 22, the amount of power displayed on the display of the power gauge gradually increases on the symbol display unit 341 as shown in FIGS. 19 (D) and 19 (E). The image is updated to increase to. At this time, the relationship between the number of operations of the operation button 22 and the amount of increase in power in the power gauge changes according to the first specified value, and the larger the first specified value, the more the number of operations of the operation button 22. The amount of increase in power in the power gauge due to the increase is small, and the smaller the first specified value, the larger the amount of increase in power in the power gauge due to the increase in the number of operations of the operation button 22. For example, in the case where the lottery result of this game is a big hit, the first specified value is full of power by repeatedly hitting the operation button 22 a small number of times within the operation valid period, and the lottery result is out of order. In some cases, it is set so that the power does not reach full tank by the continuous operation of the operation button 22 within the operation valid period.

By increasing the power amount of the power gauge in this way, the player can have the expectation that the power will be full and a big hit will be obtained by repeatedly hitting the operation button 22. Increased motivation for operation. In addition, since the player is informed of the expectation for the jackpot in a form that is intuitively easy to understand that the power is stored in the power gauge, the expectation for the jackpot is high or low even for the player who has little playing experience of the game machine 10. Can be easily recognized.

After that, as shown in FIG. 19 (F), when the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full within the operation valid period, the fluctuation of the central symbol stops as shown in FIG. 19 (G). The same symbol in a row and the image of the result of repeated hits including the message "Big hit!" Are displayed.

On the other hand, when the operation valid period elapses before the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 is full, the power amount of the power gauge disappears at once as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and FIG. As shown in I), a production end image including different patterns arranged in a row and a message of "Sorry!" Is displayed.

[Single-shot operation effect processing: S1005]
Here, FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the one-shot operation effect processing. In the single-shot operation effect processing, a process for displaying the single-shot operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 stores a plurality of types of images such as a single-shot operation notice image, a single-shot operation start image, a single-shot operation result image, and an effect end image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the single-shot operation effect. Has been done.

<Step S1401>
As shown in FIG. 16, in step S1401, whether or not to execute the single-shot operation effect based on the single-shot effect flag 512g that is turned on in step S1305 when the display variation pattern command includes information indicating the single-shot operation effect. To judge. Here, when the single-shot effect flag 512g is on (S1401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1402, and when the single-shot effect flag 512g is not on (S1401: No), the single-shot operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1402>
In step S1402, it is determined whether or not the start timing of the one-shot operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the start waiting time from the start of the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the single-shot operation effect for each type of the single-shot operation effect. Then, in step S1402, it is determined that the start timing of the single-shot operation effect has arrived when the start standby time corresponding to the type of the single-shot operation effect has elapsed since the start of the variation display on the symbol display unit 341. Here, when the start timing of the single operation effect has arrived (S1402: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1403, and when the start timing of the single operation effect has not arrived (S1402: No). , The single-shot operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1403>
In step S1403, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, depending on whether or not the reception start flag 512n is on. The reception start flag 512n is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, and is turned on in step S1408 and turned off in step S1417 as described later. Here, if the reception start flag 512n is on (S1403: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1411, and if the reception start flag 512n is not on (S1403: No), the process proceeds to step S1404.

<Steps S1404-S1405>
In step S1404, it is determined whether or not the single-shot operation notice image for transmitting the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the single-shot operation effect is already displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Here, if the single-shot operation notice image is not displayed (S1404: No), in the following step S1405, the single-shot operation notice image corresponding to the type of the single-shot operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. For example, as the one-shot operation notice image, a message such as "press the button to align ~" or "press the button to get ~" is displayed. It is also conceivable that the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the one-shot operation notice image or in combination with the display of the one-shot operation notice image. On the other hand, when the one-shot operation notice image is already displayed (S1404: Yes), the process skips step S1405 and proceeds to step S1406.

<Step S1406>
In step S1406, it is determined whether or not the advance notice continuation time set in advance for each one-shot operation notice image and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The advance notice duration is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the single operation advance notice image after the single operation advance notice image is displayed. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of single-shot operation notice images. Here, when the advance notice duration corresponding to the one-shot operation advance notice image has elapsed (S1406: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1407, and when the advance notice continuation time has not elapsed (S1406: Yes). No), the one-shot operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1407>
In step S1407, the symbol display unit 341 displays a one-shot operation start image for notifying that the operation start timing of the operation button 22 has arrived. In this way, the game machine 10 executes a process of notifying the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 with a time lag after notifying the operation purpose and the operation method of the operation button 22. Here, the voice lamp control device 5 when executing such a process is an example of the operation notification means.

For example, a message such as "Start!" Or "Ready Go!" Is displayed as the one-shot operation start image. It is also conceivable that the single-shot operation start image is further divided into a plurality of stages. For example, it is conceivable that "Ready" is displayed as the one-shot operation start image, and then "Go!" Is displayed. Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the single-shot operation notification image and the single-shot operation start image are individual images will be described as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it is conceivable that the single-shot operation notification image and the single-shot operation start image are included in one operation. It is also conceivable that the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the single-shot operation start image or in combination with the display of the single-shot operation start image.

<Step S1408>
Then, in step S1408, in order to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22, the acceptance start flag 512n is turned on. As a result, when the one-shot operation effect process is executed next time, the process shifts to step S1411 in step S1403. The reception start flag 512n is turned off in step S1417 described later.

<Steps S1409 to S1410>
Next, in step S1409, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 by the player continues at the time of notification of the operation start instruction in step S1407. That is, in step S1409, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 is operated before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has already been operated, depending on whether or not the first pattern flag 512d is on. In the game machine 10, as described above, in order to notify the player of the operation method of the operation button 22 before the arrival of the operation start timing of the operation button 22, such as "press the button and align ~". The single operation notification image may be displayed. In this case, the player may start the operation of the operation button 22 when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed. However, even if the one-shot operation notification image is displayed, the reception start flag 512n is not turned on and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is not started until the one-shot operation start image is displayed. .. Therefore, the player starts the operation of the operation button 22 between the time when the single-shot operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single-shot operation start image is displayed, and the state continues even after the single-shot operation start image is displayed. If this is the case, the input signal of the operation switch 22a does not become "OFF", "ON", or "ON" after the start of accepting the operation of the operation button 22 (S1403: Yes). The operation of the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect. On the other hand, in the game machine 10, even if the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is started before the single-shot operation start image is displayed, in order to reflect the operation in the effect, in step S1409. Whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is continued at the time of displaying the single-shot operation start image is determined. Here, if the operation of the operation button 22 is continued (S1409: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1410, the already-operated flag 512j is turned on, and the one-shot operation effect process is terminated. If the operation button 22 has not yet been operated (S1409: No), the one-shot operation effect process is terminated as it is.

<Step S1411>
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1403 that the acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has already started, in the subsequent step S1411, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a preset effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) for each type of the one-shot operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that the operation is within the valid period when the valid waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the single-shot operation start image. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S1411: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1412, and if it is not within the operation valid period (S1411: No), the process proceeds to step S1418.

<Step S1412>
In step S1412, it is determined whether or not the already operated flag 512j is on. Here, if the already-operated flag 512j is not on (S1412: No), the process proceeds to step S1415. That is, when the single-shot operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, the player has not yet operated the operation button 22, and the step S1410 is skipped, or the single-shot operation is started. If the operation button 22 has not yet been operated after the operation start image is displayed, the process proceeds to step S1415.

If the already-operated flag 512j is on (S1412: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1413. Therefore, when the player is operating the operation button 22 at the time when the single-shot operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, and the already operated flag 512j is turned on in step S1410. The process proceeds to step S1413.

<Step S1413>
In step S1413, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is completed. Specifically, when the third pattern flag 512f is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the operation state to the non-operation state, and the operation of the operation button 22 is completed. That is, the step S1413 is a process for detecting that the player has stopped pressing the operation button 22 when the player has pressed the operation button 22 at the time of displaying the single-shot operation start image. Here, when the operation of the operation button 22 is completed (S1413: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If the operation of the operation button 22 is not completed (No side of S1413), the process proceeds to step S1414.

<Step S1414>
In step S1414, it is determined whether or not a preset determination time has elapsed after displaying the single-shot operation start image. The determination time is a waiting time from when the one-shot operation start image is displayed until the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is forcibly determined, and is at least the operation waiting time corresponding to the operation valid period. It is a shorter time (for example, 0.5 to 1 second). In the game machine 10, as described above, in order to notify the player of the operation method of the operation button 22 before the arrival of the operation start timing of the operation button 22, such as "press the button and align ~". The single operation notification image may be displayed. In this case, the player may start the operation of the operation button 22 when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed. However, even if the one-shot operation notification image is displayed, the reception start flag 512n is not turned on and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is not started until the one-shot operation start image is displayed. .. Therefore, the player starts the operation of the operation button 22 between the time when the single-shot operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single-shot operation start image is displayed, and the state continues even after the single-shot operation start image is displayed. If this is the case, the input signal of the operation switch 22a does not become "OFF", "ON", or "ON" after the start of accepting the operation of the operation button 22 (S1403: Yes). The operation of the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect. In particular, in such a case, the player may think that the operation of the operation button 22 is not accepted and keep pressing the operation button 22. At this time, even though the operation button 22 is being operated, the player may feel uncomfortable if the operation is not reflected in the production forever. On the other hand, in the game machine 10, when the state in which the operation of the operation button 22 by the player continues before and after the display of the single-shot operation start image continues for a certain period of time, the operation is reflected in the effect. In step S1409, it is determined whether or not the determination time has elapsed. Here, when the determination time has elapsed (S1414: Yes), the process shifts to step S1416 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. If the determination time has not elapsed (S1414: No), the one-shot operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1415>
Further, when the already operated flag 512j is not turned on in the step S1412, it is determined in the subsequent step S1415 whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state and the operation button is operated. Here, when it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1415: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1416 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. Further, when it is determined that the operation button 22 is not operated (S1415: No), the one-shot operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1416>
Then, in step S1416, a one-shot operation result image reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of single-shot operation result images corresponding to each type of the single-shot operation effect. Then, in step S1416, among the plurality of single-shot operation result images corresponding to the single-shot operation effect, the single-shot operation selected according to information such as the presence or absence of a jackpot included in the display variation pattern command in step S1305. The single operation result image corresponding to the result is displayed.

For example, a single-shot operation result image including the characters "success!" And a single-shot operation result image including the characters "failure!" Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the single-shot operation effect, and are stored in the display fluctuation pattern command. The single operation result image including the characters "success!" Is displayed when the information with a jackpot occurs, and the character "failure!" Is displayed when the display fluctuation pattern command contains information without a jackpot. It is conceivable to display the single-shot operation result image including the above. Further, the single-shot operation result image is not limited to an image showing the presence or absence of a jackpot occurrence, and may be, for example, an image such as a message or a character for suggesting the degree of expectation of a jackpot occurrence.

Further, in step S1416, a single-shot operation command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 outputs an effect voice corresponding to the single-shot operation result image from the speaker 26 to correspond to the single-shot operation result image. The lighting unit 27 is turned on in the lighting mode. As described above, in the one-shot operation effect processing, the effect effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the game machine 10 is provided with a vibrating means such as a vibrating motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, in step S1416, the one-shot operation result image is displayed and the vibrating means is controlled to control the operation button 22. It is also conceivable to indicate that a big hit occurs or the expectation of a big hit is high by vibrating.

As described above, in the one-shot operation effect processing, the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the content of the effect display, and the presence or absence of the jackpot and the expected degree of the jackpot can be notified to the player by the effect display. Therefore, in the case of a big hit, the player can be given a feeling that the big hit is assigned by his / her own operation, and the player's motivation to operate can be improved.

<Step S1417>
After that, in step S1417, the single-shot effect flag 512g, the already-operated flag 512j, and the reception start flag 512n used in the single-shot operation effect processing are turned off.

<Step S1418>
If it is determined in step S1411 that the operation is not within the operation valid period (S1411: No), that is, if the operation button 22 is not operated within the operation valid period, in the following step S1418, the one-shot operation effect is performed. The effect end image indicating the end is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. It is also conceivable to make the player recognize the end of the operation valid period by lowering the display brightness of the one-shot operation start image instead of displaying the effect end image. Further, in step S1418, the effect end command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, the sound lamp control device 5 stops the reproduction of the effect sound by the speaker 26, and ends the effect lighting by the illumination unit 27.

As described above, in the game machine 10, the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 is subject to the condition that the operation button changes from the non-operation state to the operation state after the single-shot operation start image is displayed (S1415: Yes). The operation of the operation button 22 is received and reflected in the production (S1416). Here, the MPU 51 when executing such a process is an example of the first operation receiving means. Further, the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 is an operation method of the single operation effect when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the single operation start image (S1409: Yes). The operation of the operation button 22 is accepted and the operation is reflected in the effect (S1416) on condition that the operation button 22 is terminated or the determination time elapses (S1413 or S1414: Yes), which is predetermined in response to the one-shot operation. .. Here, the MPU 51 when executing such a process is an example of the second operation receiving means.

On the other hand, conventionally, in a configuration in which the single operation notice image is displayed before the single operation start image is displayed and the operation method of the operation button 22 is notified, the player displays the single operation notice image. When the operation of the operation button 22 is started at that time, there is a problem that the operation of the operation button 22 is not detected forever and is not reflected in the effect. In this case, the player may feel uncomfortable because the operation is not reflected in the effect even though the operation button 22 is being operated. On the other hand, in the game machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the player starts the operation of the operation button 22 after the single-shot operation notice image is displayed and before the single-shot operation start image is displayed. However, even if the operation state continues until the display of the single-shot operation start image, the operation of the operation button 22 of the player is performed when the operation of the operation button 22 is completed or when the determination time has elapsed. It can be reflected in the production display with. Therefore, for example, the player can be released from the stress of misunderstanding that the operation button 22 is out of order or re-operating the operation button 22.

[Continuous hit operation effect processing: S1006]
Here, FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the continuous striking operation effect processing. In the continuous striking operation effect processing, a process for displaying the continuous striking operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 contains images such as a continuous striking operation notice image, a continuous striking operation start image, a continuous striking effect image, a continuous striking operation result image, and an effect end image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the continuous striking operation effect. Multiple types are stored for each.

<Step S1501>
As shown in FIG. 17, in step S1501, whether or not to execute the continuous striking operation effect based on the continuous striking effect flag 512h turned on in step S1307 when the display variation pattern command includes information indicating the continuous striking operation effect. To judge. Here, when the continuous striking effect flag 512h is on (S1501: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1502, and when the continuous striking effect flag 512h is not on (S1501: No), the continuous striking operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1502>
In step S1502, it is determined whether or not the start timing of the continuous striking operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the continuous striking standby time from the start of the variation display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the continuous striking operation effect for each type of the continuous striking operation effect. Then, in step S1502, it is determined that the start timing of the continuous striking operation effect has arrived when the continuous striking standby time corresponding to the type of the continuous striking operation effect elapses after the start of the variation display on the symbol display unit 341. Here, when the start timing of the continuous striking operation effect has arrived (S1502: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1503, and when the start timing of the continuous striking operation effect has not arrived (S1502: No). , The continuous hit operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1503>
In step S1503, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, depending on whether or not the reception start flag 512n is on. The reception start flag 512n is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, and is turned on in step S1508 and turned off in step S1515 as described later. Here, if the reception start flag 512n is on (S1503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1509, and if the reception start flag 512n is not on (S1503: No), the process proceeds to step S1504.

<Steps S1504 to S1505>
In step S1504, it is determined whether or not the continuous striking operation notice image for transmitting the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the continuous striking operation effect is already displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Here, if the continuous striking operation notice image is not displayed (S1504: No), in the following step S1505, the continuous striking operation notice image corresponding to the type of the continuous striking operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341.

For example, as the continuous striking operation notice image, a message such as "press the button repeatedly to open ..." or "press the button repeatedly to destroy ..." is displayed. It is also conceivable that the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the continuous hit operation notice image or in combination with the display of the continuous hit operation notice image. On the other hand, when the continuous striking operation notice image is already displayed (S1504: Yes), the process skips step S1505 and proceeds to step S1506.

<Step S1506>
In step S1506, it is determined whether or not the advance notice continuation time set in advance for each of the repeated hit operation advance notice images and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The notice continuation time is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the continuous hit operation notice image after the continuous hit operation notice image is displayed. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of repeated hit operation advance notice images. Here, when the advance notice continuation time corresponding to the continuous hit operation advance notice image has elapsed (S1506: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1507, and when the advance notice continuation time has not elapsed (S1506: Yes). No), the continuous striking operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1507>
In step S1507, the symbol display unit 341 displays an image of starting a continuous striking operation for notifying that the operation start timing of the operation button 22 has arrived. In this way, the game machine 10 executes a process of notifying the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 with a time lag after notifying the operation purpose and the operation method of the operation button 22. Here, the voice lamp control device 5 when executing such a process is an example of the operation notification means. For example, a message such as "Start!" Or "Ready Go!" Is displayed as the image for starting the continuous striking operation. It is also conceivable that the continuous striking operation start image is further divided into a plurality of stages. For example, it is conceivable that "Ready" is displayed as the image for starting the continuous striking operation, and then "Go!" Is displayed. It is also conceivable that the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the continuous striking operation start image or in conjunction with the display of the continuous striking operation start image.

<Step S1508>
Then, in step S1508, in order to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22, the acceptance start flag 512n is turned on. As a result, when the continuous striking operation effect process is executed next time, the process shifts to step S1509 in step S1503. The reception start flag 512n is turned off in step S1515 described later.

<Step S1509>
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1503 that the acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has already started, in the subsequent step S1509, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a preset effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) for each type of the continuous striking operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that the operation is within the valid period when the valid waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the continuous hitting operation start image. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S1509: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1510, and if it is not within the operation valid period (S1509: No), the process proceeds to step S1516.

<Step S1510>
In step S1510, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated, depending on whether or not the second pattern flag 512e is on. Here, when it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1510: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1511 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. Further, when it is determined that the operation button 22 is not operated (S1510: No), the continuous striking operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1511>
In step S1511, the continuous hit counter 512k is added one by one, which is a preset predetermined value. As a result, the continuous hit counter 512k stores the number of operations within the operation valid period in the continuous hit operation effect as an operation value. The predetermined value added to the continuous hit counter 512k when the operation button 22 is operated is not limited to 1, and may be 2 or more.

<Step S1512>
Then, in step S1512, the continuous striking effect image corresponding to the value of the continuous striking counter 512k is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of continuous hitting effect images whose contents change as the value of the continuous hitting counter 512k increases, and in step S1512, the continuous hitting effect image corresponding to the value of the continuous hitting counter 512k is stored. Read and displayed. For example, when the continuous striking operation effect is an effect of opening the door in response to the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22, an image of the door gradually opening is displayed on the symbol display unit 341, and the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 is performed. In the case of the effect of destroying an object accordingly, an image in which the object is gradually destroyed is displayed on the symbol display unit 341.

Further, in step S1512, a continuous striking operation command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 outputs an effect sound corresponding to the display of the continuous striking effect image from the speaker 26, and corresponds to the continuous striking effect image. The lighting unit 27 is turned on in the lighting mode. For example, from the speaker 26, as the value of the continuous hit counter 512k (the number of operations of the operation button 22) increases, a sound effect that gradually opens the door, a sound that destroys an object, and the like are reproduced, and the volume at that time also gradually increases. It is possible that it will grow. Further, it is conceivable that the number of lights of the illumination unit 27 gradually increases and the brightness of the illumination unit 27 gradually increases as the value of the continuous hit counter 512k (the number of operations of the operation button 22) increases. As a result, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, the effect effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. The voice lamp control device 5 outputs the effect voice corresponding to the display of the continuous hit effect image and the sound effect corresponding to the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22 from the speaker 26 for each operation of the operation button 22. As a result, the player can obtain the feeling that the repeated hitting operation of the operation button 22 is accepted by the sound effect.

<Step S1513>
Next, in step S1513, it is determined whether or not the continuous striking counter 512k has reached the first specified value or more corresponding to the continuous striking operation effect. The first specified value is a value set in step S1307 when it is determined that the effect content is a continuous striking operation effect (S1306: Yes). Here, when the continuous hit counter 512k is equal to or higher than the first specified value (S1513: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1514, and when the continuous hit counter 512k is not equal to or higher than the first specified value (S1513: No), The continuous hit operation effect process ends.

<Step S1514>
Then, in step S1514, the continuous striking operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 as a result of the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of images of the result of the continuous striking operation corresponding to each type of the continuous striking operation effect. Then, in step S1514, among the plurality of continuous hit operation result images corresponding to the continuous hit operation effect, the continuous hit operation result image selected according to the information on the presence or absence of the jackpot occurrence included in the display variation pattern command is displayed. ..

For example, a continuous striking operation result image including the characters "success!" And a continuous striking operation result image including the characters "failure!" Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the continuous striking operation effect, and are stored in the display fluctuation pattern command. When the information that a big hit has occurred is included, the image of the result of the repeated hit operation including the character "Success!" Is displayed, and when the display fluctuation pattern command contains the information that the big hit does not occur, the character "Failure!" Is displayed. It is conceivable to display the image of the result of the repeated hitting operation including the above. Further, the repeated hit operation result image is not limited to an image showing the presence or absence of a big hit, and may be, for example, an image of a message or a character for suggesting the degree of expectation of a big hit.

Further, in step S1514, a continuous striking operation command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 outputs an effect voice corresponding to the continuous striking operation result image from the speaker 26 and corresponds to the continuous striking operation result image. The lighting unit 27 is turned on in the lighting mode. As a result, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, the effect effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the game machine 10 is provided with a vibrating means such as a vibrating motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, in step S1514, the vibrating means is controlled and operated in addition to the display of the continuous striking operation result image. It is also conceivable to vibrate the button 22 to indicate that a jackpot has occurred or that the expectation of a jackpot is high.

As described above, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the content of the effect display, and the presence or absence of the jackpot and the expected degree of the jackpot can be notified to the player by the effect display. Therefore, in the case of a big hit, the player can be given a feeling that the big hit is assigned by his / her own operation, and the player's motivation to operate can be improved.

<Step S1515>
After that, in step S1515, the continuous hitting effect flag 512h and the reception start flag 512n used in the continuous hitting operation effect processing are turned off, the continuous hitting counter 512k is cleared to 0, and the continuous hitting operation effect processing is ended.

<Step S1516>
When it is determined in step S1509 that the operation is not within the valid period (S1509: No), that is, when the valid waiting time elapses after the display of the continuous hitting operation start image, in the following step S1516, the continuous hitting operation is performed. An effect end image indicating the end of the effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. It is also conceivable to make the player recognize the end of the operation valid period by lowering the display brightness of the continuous striking operation start image instead of displaying the effect end image. Further, in step S1516, an effect end command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, the sound lamp control device 5 stops the reproduction of the effect sound by the speaker 26, and ends the effect lighting by the illumination unit 27.

As described above, in the game machine 10, the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 is subject to the condition that the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state after the display of the continuous striking operation start image (S1510: Yes). , The operation of the operation button 22 is received and reflected in the production (S1512). Here, the MPU 51 when executing such a process is an example of the first operation receiving means. On the other hand, in the continuous striking effect processing, unlike the single-shot operation effect processing, the operation state of the operation button 22 before and after the display of the continuous striking operation start image is ignored without being considered. As described above, the MPU 51 when ignoring the operation state of the operation button 22 before and after the display of the continuous hit operation start image is also an example of the second operation reception means. This is because, in the effect of displaying the single-shot operation result image by one operation of the operation button 22 as in the above-mentioned single-shot operation effect, the one-time operation of the player's operation button 22 is highly important. In the production in which the number of operations of the operation button 22 is reflected in the display of the continuous hit operation result image as in the continuous hit operation effect, the player is dissatisfied with the fact that the first operation is ignored because the operation button 22 is repeatedly operated. This is because there is little discomfort. Then, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, the processing load of the MPU 51 is reduced by ignoring the operation state of the operation button 22 before and after the display of the continuous striking operation start image.

In the continuous striking operation effect process in which the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation button 22 within the operation valid period, the same processes as those in steps S1409 to S1410 and steps S1412 to S1414 in the single operation effect process are executed. Is considered as another embodiment. That is, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the long press operation start image, the operation button 22 has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state. It is conceivable to accept the operation of the operation button 22 as a condition. Thereby, the operation of the operation button 22 performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the effect as one operation of the intermittent operation.

[Long press operation effect processing: S1007]
Here, FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the long press operation effect processing. In the long-press operation effect process, a process for displaying the long-press operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 has a long press operation notice image, a long press operation start image, a long press operation effect image, a long press operation result image, and an effect displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the long press operation effect. Multiple types of images such as the end image are stored.

<Step S1601>
As shown in FIG. 18, in step S1601, when the display variation pattern command includes information indicating the long press operation effect, the long press operation effect is executed based on the long press effect flag 512i that is turned on in step S1309. Decide whether to do it. Here, when the long press effect flag 512i is on (S1601: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1602, and when the long press effect flag 512i is not on (S1601: No), the long press operation effect process ends. Let me.

<Step S1602>
In step S1602, it is determined whether or not the start timing of the long press operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the long press waiting time from the start of the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the long press operation effect for each type of the long press operation effect. Then, in step S1602, it is determined that the start timing of the long press operation effect has arrived when the long press standby time corresponding to the type of the long press operation effect has elapsed since the start of the variation display on the symbol display unit 341. To do. Here, when the start timing of the long press operation effect has arrived (S1602: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1603, and when the start timing of the long press operation effect has not arrived (S1602: Yes). No), the long press operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1603>
In step S1603, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, depending on whether or not the reception start flag 512n is on. The reception start flag 512n is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, and is turned on in step S1608 and turned off in step S1617 as described later. Here, if the reception start flag 512n is on (S1603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1609, and if the reception start flag 512n is not on (S1603: No), the process proceeds to step S1604.

<Steps S1604 to S1605>
In step S1604, it is determined whether or not the long press operation notice image for transmitting the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the long press operation effect is already displayed on the symbol display unit 341. .. Here, if the long press operation notice image is not displayed (S1604: No), in the following step S1605, the long press operation notice image corresponding to the type of the long press operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Let me. For example, as the long-press operation notice image, a message such as "press and hold the button to save power" is displayed. It is also conceivable that the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the long press operation notice image or in combination with the display of the long press operation notice image. On the other hand, when the long press operation notice image is already displayed (S1604: No), the process skips step S1605 and proceeds to step S1606.

<Step S1606>
In step S1606, it is determined whether or not the advance notice continuation time set in advance for each of the long press operation notice images and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The notice continuation time is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the long press operation notice image after the long press operation notice image is displayed. The notice continuation time may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of long press operation notice images. Here, if the advance notice duration corresponding to the long press operation advance notice image has elapsed (S1606: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1607, and if the advance notice continuation time has not elapsed (S1606). : No), the long press operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1607>
In step S1607, the symbol display unit 341 displays a long-press operation start image for notifying that the operation start timing of the operation button 22 has arrived. In this way, the game machine 10 executes a process of notifying the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 with a time lag after notifying the operation purpose and the operation method of the operation button 22. Here, the voice lamp control device 5 when executing such a process is an example of the operation notification means. For example, a message such as "Start!" Or "Ready Go!" Is displayed as the long press operation start image. It is also conceivable that the long press operation start image is further divided into a plurality of stages. For example, it is conceivable that "Ready" is displayed as the long press operation start image, and then "Go!" Is displayed. It is also conceivable that the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is notified by voice using the speaker 26 instead of the long press operation start image or in conjunction with the display of the long press operation start image.

<Step S1608>
Then, in step S1608, in order to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22, the acceptance start flag 512n is turned on. As a result, when the long press operation effect process is executed next time, the process shifts to step S1611 in step S1603. The reception start flag 512n is turned off in step S1619 described later.

<Steps S1609 to S1610>
In step S1609, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 by the player continues at the time of notification of the operation start instruction in step S1607. That is, in step S1609, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 is operated before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has already been operated, depending on whether or not the first pattern flag 512d is on. In the game machine 10, as described above, in order to notify the player of the operation method of the operation button 22 and the like before the arrival of the operation start timing of the operation button 22, "press and hold the button to save power. The long press operation notification image such as "" may be displayed. In this case, the player may start the operation of the operation button 22 when the long press operation notification image is displayed. However, even if the long-press operation notification image is displayed, the reception start flag 512n is not turned on until the long-press operation start image is displayed, and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 starts. Not. Therefore, the player starts the operation of the operation button 22 between the time when the long press operation notification image is displayed and the time when the long press operation start image is displayed, and the state is the display of the long press operation start image. If it continues after that, the input signal of the operation switch 22a does not become "OFF", "ON", or "ON" after the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 starts (S1603: Yes) (S1614: No. ), The operation of the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect. On the other hand, in the game machine 10, even if the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is started before the long press operation start image is displayed, the operation is reflected in the effect in step S1609. In, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is continued at the time of displaying the long press operation start image. Here, if the operation of the operation button 22 is continued (S1609: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1610, one long press counter 512k is added, and the long press operation effect process is terminated. If the operation button 22 has not yet been operated (S1609: No), the long press operation effect process is terminated as it is.

<Step S1611>
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1603 that the acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has already started, in the subsequent step S1611, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a preset effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) for each type of the long press operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that the operation is within the valid period when the valid waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the long press operation start image. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S1611: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1612, and if it is not within the operation valid period (S1611: No), the process proceeds to step S1620.

<Step S1612>
In step S1612, it is determined whether or not the long press counter 512k is larger than 0. Here, when the long press counter 512k is 0 (S1612: No), the process proceeds to step S1614. That is, when the long press operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, the player has not yet operated the operation button 22, and the step S1610 is skipped, or the above. If the operation button 22 has not yet been operated after the long press operation start image is displayed, the process proceeds to step S1614.

If the long press counter 512k is larger than 0 (S1612: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1613. Therefore, when the long press operation start image is displayed and the reception start flag 512n is turned on, the player is operating the operation button 22, and the long press counter 512k is added in step S1610. The process shifts to S1613.

<Step S1613>
In step S1613, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is completed. Specifically, when the third pattern flag 512f is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the operation state to the non-operation state, and the operation of the operation button 22 is completed. That is, the step S1613 is a process for detecting that the player has stopped pressing the operation button 22. Here, when the operation of the operation button 22 is completed (S1613: Yes), the long press operation effect processing ends. On the other hand, if the operation of the operation button 22 is not completed (No side of S1613), that is, if the operation of the operation button 22 is continued, the process proceeds to step S1615.

<Step S1614>
Further, in step S1614, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state and the operation button is operated. Here, when it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1614: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1615 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. Further, when it is determined that the operation button 22 is not operated (S1614: No), the long press operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S1615>
In step S1615, the long press counter 512k is added one by one. As a result, the long press counter 512k stores the counter value corresponding to the operation time within the operation valid period in the long press operation effect.

<Step S1616>
Then, in step S1616, the long press operation effect image corresponding to the value of the long press counter 512k is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of long-press operation effect images whose contents change as the value of the long-press counter 512k increases, and in step S1616, the above-mentioned corresponding to the value of the long-press counter 512k. The long press operation effect image is read and displayed. For example, when the long-press operation effect is an effect in which the power amount of the power gauge increases in response to the long-press operation of the operation button 22, an image in which the power amount gradually increases is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Will be done.

Further, in step S1616, a long press operation command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 outputs an effect sound corresponding to the display of the long press operation effect image from the speaker 26, and the long press is performed. The illumination unit 27 is lit in a lighting mode corresponding to the operation effect image. For example, it is conceivable that the speaker 26 reproduces a voice or the like suggesting a situation in which the amount of power is gradually increasing, and the volume thereof is gradually increased. Further, it is conceivable that the number of lights of the illumination unit 27 gradually increases and the brightness gradually increases as the amount of power increases. As a result, in the long-press operation effect processing, the effect effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. The voice lamp control device 5 outputs the effect sound corresponding to the display of the long-press operation effect image and the sound effect corresponding to the long-press operation of the operation button 22 from the speaker 26 for each operation of the operation button 22. .. As a result, the player can obtain the feeling that the long press operation of the operation button 22 is accepted by the sound effect.

<Step S1617>
Next, in step S1617, it is determined whether or not the long press counter 512k has reached the second specified value or more corresponding to the long press operation effect. The second specified value is a value set in step S1309 when it is determined that the effect content is a long press operation effect (S1308: Yes). Here, if the long press counter 512k is equal to or greater than the second specified value (S1617: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1618, and if the long press counter 512k is not equal to or greater than the second specified value (S1617: No). ), The long press operation effect process ends.

<Step S1618>
Then, in step S1618, the long press operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 as a result of the long press operation of the operation button 22. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of long press operation result images corresponding to each type of the long press operation effect. Then, in step S1618, among the plurality of long-press operation result images corresponding to the long-press operation effect, the long-press operation result image selected according to the information on the presence / absence of a jackpot included in the display variation pattern command. Is displayed.

For example, the long press operation result image including the characters "success!" And the long press operation result image including the characters "failure!" Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the long press operation effect, and the display variation When the pattern command contains information that a big hit has occurred, the long press operation result image including the characters "Success!" Is displayed, and when the display fluctuation pattern command contains information that no big hit has occurred, "Fail! It is conceivable to display the long press operation result image including the characters "". Further, the long press operation result image is not limited to an image showing the presence or absence of a jackpot occurrence, and may be, for example, an image such as a message or a character for suggesting the degree of expectation of a jackpot occurrence.

Further, in step S1618, a long press operation command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 5, and the voice lamp control device 5 outputs an effect voice corresponding to the long press operation result image from the speaker 26, and the long press operation result. The illumination unit 27 is lit in a lighting mode corresponding to the image. As a result, in the long-press operation effect processing, the effect effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the game machine 10 is provided with a vibrating means such as a vibrating motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, in step S1618, the long press operation result image is displayed, and the vibrating means is controlled to control the operation button. It is also conceivable to vibrate 22 to indicate that a big hit occurs or that the expectation of a big hit is high.

As described above, in the long-press operation effect processing, the long-press operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the content of the effect display, and the presence or absence of the jackpot and the expected degree of the jackpot can be notified to the player by the effect display. It is possible to give a feeling that the player has drawn a hit by himself / herself, and it is possible to improve the player's motivation to operate.

<Step S1619>
After that, in step S1619, the long press effect flag 512i and the reception start flag 512n used in the long press operation effect process are turned off, the long press counter 512 m is cleared to 0, and the long press operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S1620>
When it is determined in step S1609 that the operation is not within the valid period (S1609: No), that is, when the valid waiting time elapses after the display of the long press operation start image, in the following step S1620, the length is long. An effect end image indicating the end of the push operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. It is also conceivable to make the player recognize the end of the operation valid period by lowering the display brightness of the long press operation start image instead of displaying the effect end image. Further, in step S1620, an effect end command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 5, the sound lamp control device 5 stops the reproduction of the effect sound by the speaker 26, and ends the effect lighting by the illumination unit 27.

As described above, in the game machine 10, the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 is subject to the condition that the operation button changes from the non-operation state to the operation state after the display of the long-press operation start image (S1614: Yes). , The operation of the operation button 22 is received and reflected in the production (S1615 to S1616). Here, the MPU 51 when executing such a process is an example of the first operation receiving means. Further, the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 operates the long press operation effect when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the long press operation start image (S1609: Yes). According to the condition that the operation state of the operation button 22 determined in advance is continued in response to the long press operation which is the method (S1614: No), the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted and the operation is reflected in the production. (S1615 to S1616). Here, the MPU 51 when executing such a process is an example of the second operation receiving means.

On the other hand, conventionally, in a configuration in which the long press operation notice image is displayed before the long press operation start image is displayed and the operation method of the operation button 22 is notified, the player gives the long press operation notice. If the operation of the operation button 22 is started when the image is displayed, there is a problem that the operation of the operation button 22 is not detected forever and is not reflected in the effect. In particular, when the operation method of the operation button 22 is long-pressed, it is very likely that the player keeps the operation button 22 pressed. In this case, the player may feel uncomfortable because the operation is not reflected in the effect even though the operation button 22 is being operated. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the player operates the operation button 22 after the long-press operation notice image is displayed and before the long-press operation start image is displayed. Is started, and even if the operation state continues until the display of the long-press operation start image, the operation of the player's operation button 22 can be reflected from the display time of the long-press operation start image. it can. Therefore, for example, the player can be released from the stress of misunderstanding that the operation button 22 is out of order or re-operating the operation button 22.

As described above, when an effect involving the operation of the operation button 22 by the player is executed, after notifying the operation method of the operation button 22 and the like, until the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started. In the meantime, the operation button 22 may be held down. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the operation method of the operation button 22 is a single-shot operation or a long-press operation, and after notifying the operation method of the operation button 22, the operation button 22 Even if the operation button 22 is held down until the reception of the operation is started, the operation can be reflected in the effect. Further, as described above, when the operation method of the operation button 22 is a continuous striking operation, the player repeatedly operates the operation button 22. Therefore, after notifying the operation method of the operation button 22 and the like, the operation button 22 is operated. Even if the operation button 22 is held down until the reception of the operation of 22 is started, the process is simplified by ignoring the operation. Of course, as described above, even when the operation content of the operation button 22 is a continuous hit operation, the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started after notifying the operation method of the operation button 22 and the like as in the case of the single-shot operation. If the operation button 22 is in a state of being held down until then, it is conceivable to reflect the operation in the effect.

[Other Embodiments]
Hereinafter, other embodiments of the gaming machine 10 according to the present invention will be described. Further, in the following other embodiments, the description of the same configuration and processing function as that of the gaming machine 10 described in the first embodiment will be omitted. It is also possible to select and arbitrarily combine each configuration and each processing function of the first embodiment and the following other embodiments.

[Second Embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the continuous striking operation effect processing (see FIG. 17), a continuous striking counter 512k is added for each operation of the operation button 22, and the value of the continuous striking counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more. In this case, the case where the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed has been described. On the other hand, in recent years, in the continuous striking operation effect, a so-called auto continuous striking function is known in which a continuous striking counter 512k is added as in the continuous striking operation when a player presses and holds the operation button 22 for a long time. As described above, in the continuous striking operation effect, it is possible to improve the motivation to operate the operation button 22 and enhance the interest of the game by increasing the degree of freedom of the operation mode of the operation button 22 for each player. is there.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the configuration of the game machine 10 that can give a degree of freedom to the operation mode of the operation button 22 of the player in the continuous striking operation effect will be described. More specifically, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the operation required for the MPU 51 to display the effect result in the continuous hit operation effect process according to the operation timing of the operation button 22 during the operation valid period. The number of operations of the button 22 is changed. As a result, the player selects an operation timing that reduces the number of operations required to display the effect result of the continuous stroke operation effect process and operates the operation button 22, for example, an operation in the continuous stroke operation effect process. You can enjoy the game while reducing the burden on you.

In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, the addition change table 511f is stored in the ROM 511, and the continuous hitting time counter 512q and the operation determination flag 512r are provided in the RAM 512. ..

Here, FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the addition change table 511f. The addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 20 is an example of table information in which the operation valid period and the addition change time are stored in association with each other for each type of the continuous striking operation effect. In the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, since there are two effects Y03 and the effect Y04 as the types of the continuous hit operation effect, in the addition change table 511f, for each of the two effects Y03 and the effect Y04, the operation valid period and the operation valid period The correspondence relationship of the addition change time is set. In the present embodiment, the operation valid period is the time during which the operation of the operation button 22 is valid, and the addition change time is the operation result of the operation button 22 by the player within the operation valid period in the continuous striking operation effect. Is the time to determine the timing of switching.

[Other examples of continuous hit operation effect processing]
Hereinafter, an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. Here, FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing. The same processing procedure as that of the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 17 is designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

<Step S5201>
When the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started in the step S1508, the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q is set to a value corresponding to the time set as the operation valid period of the current continuous hitting operation effect in the following step S5201. Set. Then, the continuous hitting time counter 512q is subtracted in step S5202 described later, and is reset to 0 in step S1515. As a result, the MPU 51 can determine the remaining time of the operation valid period based on the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q.

<Step S5202>
In step S5202, the value of the continuous hitting time counter 512q is subtracted, so that the remaining time of the operation valid period in the current continuous hitting operation effect is subtracted. More specifically, each time the step S5202 of the continuous hit operation effect process is executed, the value of the continuous hit time counter 512q is subtracted by a predetermined value corresponding to 4 ms, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process. ..

<Step S5203>
In step S5203, it is determined whether or not the current time is the last preset specific period within the operation valid period. Specifically, the specific period starts after the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches or less than the addition change time corresponding to the type of the continuous striking operation effect executed in the game times. , The period until the operation valid period ends. That is, when the value of the continuous hit time counter 512q reaches the counter value or less corresponding to the addition change time, it is determined that the current time is the specific period. Here, if it is determined that the current time is the specific period (S5203: Yes), the process shifts to step S5231, and if it is determined that the current period is not the specific period (S5203: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. Transition.

<Step S5231>
In step S5231, it is determined whether or not notification of the start of the specific period is necessary. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines that notification of the start of the specific period is necessary when the operation determination flag 512r is off when the notification has not been completed in the next step S5322, and the next step S5322 If the notification has already been made in, or if the operation determination flag 512r is on, it is determined that the notification of the start of the specific period is not necessary. For example, the RAM 512 is provided with a notification flag that is set to be on at the time of notification in the next step S5322 and reset to off in the step S1515, and notification in the next step S5322 is performed based on the notification flag. It is judged whether or not it is. Here, when it is determined that the notification of the start of the specific period is necessary (S5231: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5232, and it is determined that the notification of the start of the specific period is not necessary. (S5231: No), the process proceeds to step S1510.

<Step S5232>
In step S5232, the player is notified of the start of the specific period. Specifically, the MPU 51 notifies the player of the start of the specific period by displaying a message or the like indicating that the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed by a single operation of the operation button 22. For example, the message is a message such as "If you decide in one shot, now! Press!". The method for notifying the start of the specific period is not limited to display, and may be performed by using voice, lighting, or the like. Further, in step S5322, the display mode such as the color of the image (image F1 described later) showing the remaining time of the operation valid period is changed instead of or in combination with the display of the message. It is also possible. For example, as the change in the display mode, a change in the color scheme, an inversion of the shade of the color scheme, a start of blinking, and the like can be considered. In the continuous striking operation effect processing, the steps S5203, S5231 and S5232 may be omitted.

<Step S5204>
Then, in the continuous striking operation effect process, when it is determined in step S1510 that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1510: Yes), the process shifts to step S5204. In step S5204, it is determined whether or not the operation determination flag 512r is on. The operation determination flag 512r is used to determine whether or not the processing content at the time of operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous striking operation effect has been changed, and is set to ON in step S5206 described later, and is set to ON in step S1515. Is reset to off. Here, when it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is on (S5204: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1511, and when it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is off (S5204: No), the process is stepped. Move to S5205.

<Step S5205>
In step S5205, similarly to step S5203, it is determined whether or not the current time is within the specific period. Here, if it is determined that the specific period is reached (S5205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5251, and if it is determined that the specific period is not reached (S5205: No), the process proceeds to step S5206. ..

<Step S5206>
In step S5206, the operation determination flag 512r is set to ON, the process proceeds to step S1511, and the continuous hit counter 512k is incremented by 1. That is, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on. Set. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated before the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r remains off.

<Step S5251>
On the other hand, in step S5251, the continuous hit counter 512k is added only by an additional value that is at least the first specified value or more. For example, the added value is an upper limit value of a value set as the first specified value of the continuous striking operation effect. As a result, when the added value is added to the continuous hit counter 512k, the continuous hit counter 512k becomes a value equal to or higher than the first specified value.

Here, with reference to FIG. 22, an example of the execution result of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed by the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. Note that, in FIG. 22, the same display as in FIG. 19 is omitted, and the description will be described with reference to FIG.

When the reach effect is started as shown in FIG. 19A, after that, at a preset timing, as shown in FIG. 22A, the player is informed of the operation method and operation purpose of the operation button 22. A continuous hit operation notification image for notification is displayed. After that, when a predetermined time elapses after the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed, as shown in FIG. 22B, a continuous hit operation start image for notifying the player of the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is displayed. , The player is notified of the operation start instruction of the operation button 22. As shown in FIG. 22B, the symbol display unit 341 displays an image F1 indicating an operation valid period and the remaining time of the operation valid period. Although a clock-shaped image is taken as an example of the image F1 here, the image F1 may be, for example, a linear or curved display bar.

As shown in FIG. 22C, in the image F1 displayed on the symbol display unit 341, one round of the clock corresponds to the entire operation valid period, and the image F1 is included as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases. The display mode such as the color or density of the clock changes. Specifically, when the remaining time of the operation valid period is not equal to or less than the addition change time, as shown in FIG. 22C, the region showing the remaining time of the operation valid period has a low concentration in the image F1. It is displayed in a color color such as blue or white, and the area indicating the elapsed time is displayed in a color color such as high density blue or black. The image data for transitioning the image F1 is stored in the ROM 611 or the like, and the MPU 61 sequentially updates the image F1 so that the remaining time of the operation valid period is gradually shortened.

Then, when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the specific period in which the addition change time is equal to or less than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on, and FIG. 19 shows. Similar to the case shown, the display transition corresponding to the repeated pressing operation of the operation button 22 is executed. Specifically, when the continuous striking counter 512k is added according to the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22, and the continuous striking counter 512k reaches the first specified value, as shown in FIGS. 19 (F) to 19 (I). The image of the result of the repeated hitting operation is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 is full as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and the "big hit!" Is shown in FIG. 19 (G). A message is displayed. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 decreases as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and the message "Sorry!" As shown in FIG. 19 (I). Is displayed.

On the other hand, when the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the specific period in which the addition change time or less is reached, the player is given a single operation of the operation button 22 by the step S5322 as shown in FIG. 22 (D). A message for prompting is displayed, and the display mode such as the color of the image F1 also changes. For example, when the specific period is reached, as shown in FIG. 22 (D), the message "If you decide in one shot, now! Press!" Is displayed. Further, in the image F1, the color scheme of either one or both of the high density region and the low density region is also changed from blue to red, for example. It should be noted that the start of blinking of the image F1 and the reduction or enlargement of the size of the image F1 are also considered as examples of the change in the display mode.

Then, when the operation button 22 is not operated before the specific period and the operation button 22 is operated even once within the specific period, the operation of the operation button 22 once is performed. As shown in FIGS. 19 (F) to 19 (I), the image of the result of the continuous striking operation is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 instantly fills up as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and as shown in FIG. 19 (G), " The message "Big hit!" Is displayed. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 does not increase as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and as shown in FIG. 19 (I), "Sorry!" A message is displayed.

As described above, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. The continuous striking operation effect is executed as usual, and the effect result is displayed according to the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated until the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, then a single operation of the operation button 22 is performed in the specific period immediately before the end of the operation valid period. By performing the above, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed.

Therefore, the player who wants to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hitting operation effect process operates the operation button 22 until the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, thereby making his / her own intention. It is possible to play the following games. Further, even a player who does not want to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process performs a single operation of the operation button 22 after the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. As a result, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process.

In the present embodiment, the case where the added value is increased so that the continuous hit counter 512k becomes equal to or higher than the first specified value has been described in step S5251, but step S5251 may be omitted. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation effect process, when the operation button 22 is operated (S1510: Yes), the operation determination flag 512r is off (S5204: No), and if it is within the specific period (S5205). : Yes), it is conceivable that the process shifts to step S1514.

[Third Embodiment]
In the second embodiment, in the continuous hitting operation effect, the player who wants to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 is prioritized, and the remaining time of the operation valid period is changed by the addition without the operation button 22 being operated. The case where the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed by one operation of the operation button 22 when the time is reached or less has been described. In this case, the player who wants to display the effect result by operating the operation button 22 once waits until the operation valid period reaches the addition change time or less, and then operates the operation button 22. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, 10 configurations of the game machine capable of giving priority to the player who wants to display the effect result by operating the operation button 22 once will be described. The description of the same configuration and processing as in the second embodiment will be omitted.

Here, FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of the addition change table 511f. The addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 23 is an example of table information in which the operation valid period and the addition change time are stored in association with each other for each type of the continuous striking operation effect. In the present embodiment, since there are two effects Y03 and effect Y04 as the types of the continuous hit operation effect, the operation valid period and the addition change time are obtained for each of the two effects Y03 and effect Y04 in the addition change table 511f. It is set. The addition change time in the addition change table 511f according to the present embodiment is set longer than the addition change time in the addition change table 511f according to the second embodiment.

In the second embodiment, the last preset period in the operation valid period has been described as a specific period, but in the present embodiment, the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time. The time until, that is, the first preset period in the operation valid period will be described as a specific period.

[Other examples of continuous hit operation effect processing]
Here, FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment. The same processing procedure as that of the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIGS. 17 and 21 is designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, step S5301 is executed when the reception of the operation button 22 is started. Further, steps S5233 to S5234 are executed in place of steps S5231 to S5232, and step S5302 is executed in place of step S5205.

<Step S5301>
First, when the operation validity period is set in step S5201, the process shifts to step S5301. Then, in step S5301, similarly to step S5322, in the continuous hitting operation effect processing, a message or the like for notifying that the effect result is displayed by a single operation of the operation button 22 is displayed, and the player is made to display the effect. Notify the start of a specific period. For example, a message such as "If you decide with one shot, now! Press!" Can be considered. The content of the single-shot operation change display is not particularly limited as long as it is possible for the player to recognize that the effect result is displayed by the single-shot operation of the operation button 22. In the continuous striking operation effect processing, the step S5301 may be omitted.

<Step S5203>
Further, in step S5203, it is determined whether or not the current time is the first preset specific period within the operation valid period. Specifically, the specific period corresponds to the type of the continuous hit operation effect in which the remaining time of the operation valid period is executed in the game times after the operation valid period starts. This is the period until the addition change time or less is reached. That is, when the value of the continuous striking time counter 512q does not reach the counter value or less corresponding to the addition change time, it is determined that the current time is the specific period. Here, if it is determined that the current time is the specific period (S5203: Yes), the process shifts to step S5233, and if it is determined that the current period is not the specific period (S5203: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. Transition.

<Step S5233>
In step S5231, it is determined whether or not it is necessary to notify the end of the specific period. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines that notification of the end of the specific period is necessary when the operation determination flag 512r is off when the notification has not been completed in the next step S5234, and the next step S5234 If the notification has already been made in, or if the operation determination flag 512r is on, it is determined that the notification of the end of the specific period is not necessary. For example, the RAM 512 is provided with a notification flag that is set to be on at the time of notification in the next step S5234 and reset to off in the step S1515, and notification in the next step S5234 is performed based on the notification flag. It is judged whether or not it is. Here, when it is determined that the notification of the end of the specific period is necessary (S5233: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5234, and when it is determined that the notification of the end of the specific period is not necessary. (S5234: No), the process proceeds to step S1510.

<Step S5234>
In step S5232, the player is notified of the end of the specific period. Specifically, the MPU 51 notifies the player of the end of the specific period by displaying a message or the like indicating that the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process is displayed by the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22. For example, the message may be a message such as "Strike repeatedly!". The method for notifying the end of the specific period is not limited to display, and may be performed by using voice, lighting, or the like. Further, in step S5234, the display mode such as the color of the image (image F1 described later) showing the remaining time of the operation valid period is changed instead of or in combination with the display of the message. It is also possible. For example, as the change in the display mode, a change in the color scheme, an inversion of the shade of the color scheme, a start of blinking, and the like can be considered. In the continuous striking operation effect processing, the steps S5203, S5233, and S5234 may be omitted.

<Step S5302>
In step S5302, similarly to step S5203, it is determined whether or not the current time is within the specific period. Here, if it is determined that the specific period is reached (S5302: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5251, and if it is determined that the specific period is not reached (S5302: No), the process proceeds to step S5206. ..

<Step S5206>
In step S5206, the operation determination flag 512r is set to ON, the process proceeds to step S1511, and the continuous hit counter 512k is incremented by 1. That is, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated before the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on. Set. On the other hand, if the operation button 22 is not operated before the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, the operation determination flag 512r remains off.

<Step S5251>
On the other hand, in step S5251, the continuous hit counter 512k is added only by an additional value that is at least the first specified value or more. For example, the added value is an upper limit value of a value set as the first specified value of the continuous striking operation effect. As a result, when the added value is added to the continuous hit counter 512k, the continuous hit counter 512k becomes a value equal to or higher than the first specified value.

Here, with reference to FIG. 25, an example of the execution result of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed by the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. Note that, in FIG. 25, the same display as in FIG. 19 is omitted, and the description will be described with reference to FIG.

When the reach effect is started as shown in FIG. 19A, after that, at a preset timing, as shown in FIG. 25A, the player is informed of the operation method and operation purpose of the operation button 22. A continuous hit operation notification image for notification is displayed. After that, when a predetermined time elapses after the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed, as shown in FIG. 25B, a continuous hit operation start image for notifying the player of the operation start instruction of the operation button 22 is displayed. , The player is notified of the operation start instruction of the operation button 22. As shown in FIG. 25B, the symbol display unit 341 displays an image F1 indicating an operation valid period and the remaining time of the operation valid period.

Then, in step S5301, as shown in FIG. 25C, a message for prompting the player to perform a single operation of the operation button 22 is displayed. For example, as shown in FIG. 25 (C), the message "If you decide in one shot, now! Press!" Is displayed. Further, in the image F1 displayed on the symbol display unit 341, as shown in FIG. 25 (C), one round of the clock corresponds to the entire operation valid period, and the image is displayed as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases. The display mode such as the color or density in F1 changes. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 25C, the region showing the remaining time of the operation valid period is high in the image F1 until the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the addition change time or less. It is displayed in a color color such as a density red or black, and the area indicating the elapsed time is displayed in a color color such as a low density red or black. Further, in the image F1, a line segment F11 indicating the start position of the specific period and a line segment F12 indicating the end position of the specific period are also shown.

Then, when the operation button 22 is operated within the specific period, that is, when the operation button 22 is operated while the operation determination flag 512r is off, the continuous hit counter 512k becomes equal to or higher than the first specified value. Is added up to. As a result, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 becomes full as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and as shown in FIG. 19 (G), "big hit!" Message is displayed. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 does not increase as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and as shown in FIG. 19 (I), "Sorry!" A message is displayed.

On the other hand, when the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the addition change time or less, that is, when the specific period ends, the player is notified by step S5234 as shown in FIG. 25 (D). A message 0:00 for prompting the repeated pressing operation of the operation button 22 is displayed, and the display mode such as the color of the image F1 also changes. For example, as shown in FIG. 25 (D), the message "Strike repeatedly!" Is displayed. Further, in the image F1, the color scheme of either one or both of the high density region and the low density region is also changed from, for example, red to blue. It should be noted that the termination of blinking of the image F1 and the reduction or enlargement of the size of the image F1 are also considered as examples of the change in the display mode.

After that, as shown in FIGS. 25 (D) to 25 (F), the display transition corresponding to the repeated hitting operation of the operation button 22 is executed as in the case shown in FIG. Specifically, when the continuous striking counter 512k is added according to the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22, and the continuous striking counter 512k reaches the first specified value, as shown in FIGS. 19 (F) to 19 (I). The image of the result of the repeated hitting operation is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, when the lottery result is a big hit, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 is full as shown in FIG. 19 (F), and the "big hit!" Is shown in FIG. 19 (G). A message is displayed. On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the power gauge of the symbol display unit 341 decreases as shown in FIG. 19 (H), and the message "Sorry!" As shown in FIG. 19 (I). Is displayed.

As described above, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, the continuous striking operation effect is produced by a single operation of the operation button 22 until the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. The effect result of the process is displayed. On the other hand, when the operation button 22 is not operated until the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, the normal continuous striking operation effect is executed according to the subsequent continuous striking operation of the operation button 22. , The effect result is displayed according to the repeated hitting operation.

Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process can operate the operation button 22 in the specific period immediately after the start of the operation valid period to produce the continuous hit operation effect process. It is possible to see the results. A player who wants to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hitting operation effect processing can perform a game according to his / her own intention by starting the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22 after the lapse of the specific period. Is.

In the present embodiment, the case where the added value is increased so that the continuous hit counter 512k becomes equal to or higher than the first specified value has been described in step S5251, but step S5251 may be omitted. Specifically, when the operation button 22 is operated (S1510: Yes) in the continuous striking operation effect process, the operation determination flag 512r is off (S5204: No), and the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time. If it has not been reached (S5302: No), it is conceivable that the process proceeds to step S1514.

[Fourth Embodiment]
In the second embodiment, the case where the player can select either the continuous striking operation or the single-shot operation of the operation button 22 depending on the operation timing within the operation valid period has been described in the continuous striking operation effect. In such a configuration, the player can freely select the continuous striking operation and the single-shot operation in the continuous striking operation effect processing to perform the game, but the start and end of the specific period in the operation valid period. It is necessary to notify the player of the timing of. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the continuous striking operation effect, by changing the addition value according to the operation timing of the operation button during the operation valid period, the continuous striking operation effect is performed with a smaller number of operations as the operation timing is delayed. The ten configurations of the game machine from which the effect result of the processing can be seen will be described.

Here, FIG. 26 is a diagram showing an example of the addition change table 511f. The addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 26 is an example of table information in which the operation valid period, the addition change time, and the addition value are stored in association with each other for each type of the continuous striking operation effect. In the present embodiment, since there are two effects Y03 and the effect Y04 as the types of the continuous hit operation effect, the operation valid period, the addition change time, and the addition value are obtained for the two effects Y03 and the effect Y04 in the addition change table 511f. Is set. In the present embodiment, the addition change time is used to determine the timing for changing the addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation button 22 by the player within the operation valid period in the continuous striking operation effect. The added value is used as an added value to the continuous hit counter 512k when the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches each of the added change times. As shown in FIG. 26, in the addition change table 511f, the addition value becomes smaller as the addition change time becomes smaller, that is, the addition value becomes smaller as the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes shorter. It has become.

[Other examples of continuous hit operation effect processing]
Hereinafter, an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. Here, FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing. The same processing procedure as that of the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 21 is designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, step S5401 is executed instead of step S5251 (see FIG. 21).

<Step S5205>
First, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, in step S5205, it is determined whether or not the remaining time of the current operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time corresponding to the remaining time. For example, in the MPU 51, is the remaining time of the operation valid period equal to or less than the longest addition change time among the predetermined addition change times set according to the type of the continuous hit operation effect in the addition change table 511f? Judge whether or not. Here, when it is determined that the remaining time is equal to or less than the addition change time (S5205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5401.

<Step S5401>
In step S5401, the continuous hit counter 512k is added by the amount of addition according to the remaining time of the operation valid period. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines the addition amount based on the addition change table 511f and the remaining time of the current operation valid period (continuous hitting time counter 512q), and adds the addition amount to the continuous hitting counter 512k. That is, the added value added to the continuous hit counter 512k in step S5401 is changed so as to increase stepwise as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases. For example, in the case of the effect Y03, the addition value is 8 if the remaining time is 2 s or less, and 32 if the remaining time is 1 s or less. In particular, if the remaining time is 0.5 s or less, the added value is the same as the first specified value or larger than the first specified value.

As a result, in the game machine 10, in the specific period in which the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time, the addition value increases as the remaining time becomes shorter, and the operation with fewer operation buttons 22 It is possible to make the continuous hit counter 512k reach the first specified value or more by the number of times. Therefore, the player who does not want to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process operates the operation button 22 after the specific period in which the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time. As a result, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process with a small number of operations. In particular, when the remaining time becomes extremely short, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process with a single operation of the operation button 22 at the shortest.

[Fifth Embodiment]
In this embodiment, another example of the addition change table 511f used in the fourth embodiment will be described.

First, as described above, in the game machine 10, the continuous hitting operation effect processing such as display of the continuous hitting effect image corresponding to the value of the continuous hitting counter 512k, voice reproduction, lighting control, and the like is executed. .. For example, FIG. 28A shows an example of a continuous striking effect image table 511g in which a correspondence relationship between the value of the continuous striking counter 512k and the continuous striking effect image is defined for each type of the continuous striking operation effect. .. As shown in FIG. 5, the continuous hitting effect image table 511g is stored in the ROM 511 of the MPU 51. As shown in FIG. 28 (A), in the continuous striking effect image table 511g, the continuous striking effect image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 changes according to the increase in the value of the continuous striking counter 512k. Since the same applies to voice and lighting, the description thereof will be omitted here.

Further, in the game machine 10, the value of the first specified value may differ depending on whether the lottery result is a big hit or a miss. In particular, as described in the first embodiment, the first specified value may be larger when the lottery result is out of order than when the lottery result is a big hit. .. In this case, when the addition change table 511f (see FIG. 26) described in the fourth embodiment is always used, the balance between the addition value and the first specified value is a big hit in the lottery result. It changes depending on whether or not it is.

That is, if each of the added values is set to a small numerical value according to the case where the lottery result is a big hit, the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value when the lottery result is out of order. It takes time, and the number of times the operation button 22 needs to be operated increases. On the other hand, if each of the added values is set to a large numerical value in accordance with the case where the lottery result is out of order, the continuous hit counter 512k instantly reaches the first specified value when the lottery result is a big hit. Since it reaches the target, the number of displayed continuous hitting effect images in the continuous hitting operation effect processing is also reduced.

Therefore, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the MPU 51 has a correspondence relationship between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value based on the table information preset for each type of the lottery result. A case of changing the added value will be described. Here, FIG. 28B is a diagram showing an example of an addition change table 511f which is an example of the table information. In the addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 28B, the addition value corresponding to each addition change time is preset for each type (big hit, miss) of the lottery result. More specifically, in the addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 28B, the addition value increases as the addition change time decreases, but the value of the addition value is when the lottery result is out of order. When the lottery result is a big hit, it is smaller than the above.

Then, in step S5401 (see FIG. 27), the MPU 51 is based on the addition change table 511f shown in FIG. 28 (B), the type of the lottery result in the game round, and the remaining time of the operation valid period. The added value is determined and added to the continuous hit counter 512k.

In the game machine 10 in which the addition change table 511f configured in this way is used, a player who does not want to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process can see that the remaining time of the operation valid period is the addition change time. By operating the operation button 22 after the following, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process with a small number of operations. In particular, since the added value differs depending on the type of the lottery result, the operation is performed when the remaining time of the operation valid period is not extremely short regardless of whether the lottery result is a big hit or a miss. It is also possible to see the transition of the continuous hitting effect image by operating the button 22. Although two types of lottery results, jackpot and miss, have been described here, the relationship between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value may be set for each of more types.

[Sixth Embodiment]
In the present embodiment, instead of the addition change table 511f described in the fourth embodiment or the fifth embodiment, a preset arithmetic expression such as a linear function or a quadratic function is used. The configuration of is described. Specifically, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, instead of the addition change table 511f, the remaining time and the added value are set so that the added value increases as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases. The arithmetic expression for which the relationship is determined is stored in ROM 511. Here, FIG. 29 is a graph showing an example of the calculation formula. As shown in FIG. 29, in the calculation formula, when the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the addition change time or less, the addition value gradually increases as the remaining time decreases.

Then, in step S5401, the MPU 51 calculates the added value based on the remaining time of the current operation valid period and the calculation formula, and adds the added value to the continuous hit counter 512k. As a result, in the game machine 10, when the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, the addition value increases as the remaining time becomes shorter, and the repeated hit counter with a small number of operations of the operation button 22. It is possible to bring 512k to the above-mentioned first specified value or more. Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process can operate the operation button 22 after the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time, so that the operation is reduced. It is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process by the number of times. Further, since the added value gradually increases as the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes shorter, it is possible to show the player the continuous hitting effect image in response to the operation of the operation button 22. Further, the calculation formula may be set individually for each type of the lottery result as in the fifth embodiment.

[7th Embodiment]
In the sixth embodiment, the case where the additional value gradually increases after the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time has been described. On the other hand, the addition value may be gradually increased from the start of the operation valid period without determining whether or not it is equal to or less than the addition change time. Here, FIG. 30 is a graph showing another example of the calculation formula, and FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing another example of the continuous striking operation effect processing.

In the graph corresponding to the calculation formula shown in FIG. 30, the remaining time decreases toward the right, and the added value gradually increases as the remaining time decreases. Then, in the continuous striking operation effect process shown in FIG. 31, the steps S5204 to S5206, S1511, and S5401 are omitted as compared with the continuous striking operation effect process shown in FIG. 27, and step S5501 is executed. Will be done. The same processing procedure as that of the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 27 is designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

<Step S5501>
Specifically, in step S1510, when it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S1510: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5501. Then, in step S5501, similarly to step S5401, the continuous hit counter 512k is added by the amount of addition according to the remaining time of the operation valid period. Specifically, the MPU 51 calculates the addition amount based on the remaining time of the operation valid period and the calculation formula, and adds the addition amount to the continuous hit counter 512k. Then, the added value is gradually increased by the calculation formula from immediately after the start of the operation valid period as the remaining time decreases.

As a result, in the game machine 10, the added value increases as the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes shorter, and the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more with a small number of operations of the operation button 22. Is possible. Therefore, a player who does not want to repeatedly hit the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect process operates the operation button 22 after the remaining time of the operation valid period is shortened, so that the continuous hit operation can be performed with a small number of operations. It is possible to see the production result of the production process.

[8th Embodiment]
Even if the player wants to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process, if the player is tired or has other errands, the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 is performed during the continuous striking operation effect. It is conceivable to stop. In the present embodiment, when the player intends to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect processing, the same as in the case where the continuous striking operation is automatically performed even when the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 is completed. The configuration of 10 game machines capable of executing the process will be described.

However, even if the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 is stopped, the continuous striking counter 512k is automatically added, and when the continuous striking effect image is sequentially changed and displayed, the player causes a failure of the operation button 22 or the gaming machine 10. There is a risk of misunderstanding. On the other hand, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, even when the player stops the operation of the operation button 22, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed without giving a great sense of discomfort. To.

Here, FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed by the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment. The same reference numerals are given to the same configurations as those of the fourth embodiment and the same processing procedures as those of the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 27, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, steps S5601 to S5602 are executed in the previous stage of step S5401.

<Step S5601>
First, in step S1510, when it is determined that the operation button 22 is not operated (S1510: No), the process proceeds to step S5601. Then, in step S5601, it is determined whether or not the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than a preset lower limit value. The lower limit is the time used to determine the timing for displaying the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process, and is immediately before the elapse of the operation valid period, for example, 0.5 s or 1 s. It is set as the time to judge. The lower limit value may be the same as the addition change time.

Here, if it is determined that the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the lower limit value (S5601: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5602, and the remaining time of the operation valid period is not equal to or less than the lower limit value. When it is determined (S5601: No), the continuous hitting operation effect processing ends.

<Step S5602>
In step S5602, it is determined whether or not the operation determination flag 512r is on. That is, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated by the player within the specific period. Here, when it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is on (S5602: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5401, the continuous hit counter 512k is added, and it is determined that the operation determination flag 512r is off. (S5602: No), the continuous striking operation effect processing is completed.

Then, when the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the lower limit value and the operation determination flag 512r is on, the step is performed in a cycle (4 ms) in which the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11) is executed. S5401 will be executed. Further, the added value added to the continuous hit counter 512k in step S5401 also increases as the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes shorter. Therefore, when the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the lower limit value or less, the value of the continuous hit counter 512k is rapidly added up to the first specified value or more until the operation valid period ends, and the continuous hit counter is rapidly added. The effect result of the operation effect process will be displayed.

In the example shown in FIG. 32, the operation determination flag 512r is turned on when the operation button 22 is operated during a period other than the specific period in the operation valid period, but the operation is not limited to this, and the operation is valid, for example. Another embodiment is considered to be that the operation determination flag 512r is turned on when the operation button 22 is operated at least twice or more in a preset period outside the specific period in the period.

As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated by the player outside the specific period during the operation valid period, the remaining time of the operation valid period is described as described above. When it becomes the lower limit value or less, the continuous hit counter 512k is automatically added up to the first specified value, and the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process is displayed. As a result, for example, even if the player wants to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect processing and then performs the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22, and then gets tired and stops the continuous striking operation, the continuous striking operation is automatically performed. It is possible to display the effect result of the effect process. Further, in a short period immediately before the end of the operation valid period, the continuous hit counter 512k is automatically added up to the first specified value or more, and the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process is displayed. Therefore, such an operation seems to be one of the effects in the continuous striking operation effect, and the interest of the game is enhanced, and the possibility of being mistaken for a failure of the game machine 10 or the operation button 22 is reduced.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the step S5401 is executed through the steps S5601 to S5602, in the step S5401, within the range in which the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more during the remaining time. , It is conceivable to intermittently add the added value to the continuous hit counter 512k. That is, it is conceivable that the added value is added to the continuous hit counter 512k only once each time the step S5401 is executed a plurality of times. Further, in this case, it is considered that the added value added to the discarding counter 512k at one time is smaller than the case where the step S5401 is executed through the step S5205. According to these configurations, the continuous hitting counter 512k is added stepwise with the remaining time equal to or less than the lower limit value in the operation valid period, and as many of the repeated hitting effect images as possible can be shown to the player. It is possible.

In addition, when the step S5401 is executed through the steps S5601 to S5602, when the step S5401 is first executed, the MPU 51 sets the first specified value in the game times and the current continuous hit counter 512k. The difference from the value of is calculated, and the difference is divided by the number of times that step S5401 can be executed (the value obtained by dividing the remaining time by the execution cycle 4 ms) by the remaining time of the current valid period. It is conceivable to set it as the added value. As a result, the continuous hit counter 512k can be surely reached to the first specified value within the operation valid period, and as many continuous hit effect images as possible can be shown to the player.

[9th Embodiment]
As described above, the so-called automatic continuous striking function that reduces the burden on the player's continuous striking operation by accepting the long press operation of the operation button 22 as the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 is generally known. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the auto continuous striking function is enabled when the first operation button 22 is operated in a predetermined specific period in the operation valid period instead of the long press operation of the operation button 22. A configuration of 10 game machines capable of starting automatic addition of the continuous hit counter 512k will be described.

Here, FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing an example of the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment. The same processing procedure as that of the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 27 is designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, steps S5701 to S5702 are executed. Further, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, the steps S5204, S5206, and S5401 shown in FIG. 27 are omitted.

<Step S5701>
First, in step S1509, if it is determined that the current time is within the operation valid period (S1509: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5701. Then, in step S5701, it is determined whether or not the auto-continuous hitting flag described later is on. The auto-continuous striking flag is provided in the RAM 512 and is used to determine whether the auto-continuous striking function is valid or invalid in the continuous striking operation effect, is set to on in step S5702 described later, and is turned off in step S1515. It will be reset.

<Step S5702>
Further, in step S5205, when it is determined that the current time is within the specific period (S5205: Yes), the process shifts to step S5702. Then, in step S5702, the auto repeated hit flag is set to ON. As a result, when the automatic continuous striking function becomes effective and the continuous striking operation effect processing is executed next time, the processing shifts to the step S1511 in the step S5701, and the automatic addition of the continuous striking counter 512k is started. As a result, the player can see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process by operating the operation button 22 once while the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time.

In the present embodiment, a message indicating that the automatic continuous striking function can be enabled by operating the operation button 22 at the start of the specific period in which the remaining time of the operation valid period is equal to or less than the addition change time. It is also conceivable to display such as on the symbol display unit 341 and notify the player to that effect. As a result, the player can easily recognize the period during which the automatic continuous striking function can be enabled.

Further, when the automatic continuous striking function is effective, it is considered that the value to be added to the continuous striking counter 512k is smaller than that when the automatic continuous striking function is invalid. For example, when the automatic continuous striking function is disabled, the continuous striking counter 512k is added by 5 for each operation of the operation button 22, and when the auto continuous striking function is enabled, the continuous striking counter 512k is added by 1. It is possible that As a result, when the automatic continuous striking function is effective, the time until the continuous striking counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more becomes long, and the continuous striking effect image can be shown to the player in order.

In the present embodiment, when it is determined in step S5205 that the specific period is set in advance immediately before the end of the operation valid period, the process shifts to step S5702, and immediately before the end of the operation valid period. The case where the automatic continuous hitting function is enabled when the operation button 22 is operated has been described. On the other hand, instead of step S5205, it is determined whether or not it is a preset specific period immediately after the start of the operation valid period as in step S5302 (see FIG. 24), and it is determined that it is the specific period. If this is done (S5205: Yes), it is conceivable that the process shifts to step S5702 as another embodiment. That is, it is conceivable that the automatic continuous striking function becomes effective when the operation button 22 is operated immediately after the start of the operation valid period. It is also conceivable that the MPU 51 causes the symbol display unit 341 to display the start or end of the specific period indicating that the automatic continuous striking function is enabled by operating the operation button 22. Further, the MPU 51 may display on the symbol display unit 341 that the automatic continuous striking function is enabled in response to the operation of the operation button 22.

[10th Embodiment]
In the continuous striking operation effect process (see FIG. 17) described in the first embodiment, when the lottery result is out of order, the continuous striking counter 512k does not reach due to the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22. May be set. In such a case, for example, if the continuous striking effect image is the power gauge, the state in which the power gauge is stored until a little before the full tank is continued for a long time. Here, the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 may be continued in the expectation that the power gauge will be full, but in that case, if the power gauge is not full as a result, the continuous striking may be continued. There is a risk of giving the player a great feeling of weakness after the operation, and there is a risk of reducing the motivation for operation in the continuous striking operation effect from the next time onward.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 51 continuously displays a predetermined specific continuous hitting effect image among the continuous hitting effect images for a preset duration or longer, the auto continuous hitting function is enabled and repeated hitting is performed. The configuration of 10 game machines capable of starting the automatic addition of the counter 512k will be described. The description of the same processing content as the continuous striking operation effect processing (see FIG. 17) described in the first embodiment will be omitted.

Specifically, it is conceivable that the specific continuous striking effect image is an image displayed immediately before the continuous striking counter 512k reaches the first specified value. For example, as shown in FIG. 28 (A), during the execution of the effect Y3, the continuous hit counter 512k is added according to the continuous hit operation of the operation button 22, and after the images Y31 to Y34 are displayed in order, the continuous hit counter 512k is displayed. Consider the case where the repeated hit operation result image is displayed when the first specified value is reached. The first specified value is, for example, a value larger than 200, for example, 300, 500, 800, or the like.

In this case, if the continuous striking counter 512k reaches the first specified value, the image of the continuous striking operation result is displayed, but if the continuous striking counter 512k does not reach the first specified value, the symbol display unit 341 is displayed at the end. The image Y34, which is a continuous hitting effect image, will be continuously displayed. Then, the MPU 51 automatically enables the automatic continuous striking function when the image Y34 is displayed for the duration or longer. Further, when the automatic continuous striking function is effectively switched, the MPU 51 causes the symbol display unit 341 to display to that effect.

In the game machine 10 configured in this way, when one of the continuous hitting effect images is continuously displayed for the duration or longer, the automatic continuous hitting function is enabled, and the continuous hitting operation of the operation button 22 is simulated. Then, the continuous hit counter 512k is automatically added. Therefore, for example, the useless operation of the operation button 22 forced on the player who expects the power gauge to be full is reduced, and as a result, the player's power gauge is not full. It is possible to reduce the feeling of weakness and the decrease in motivation to operate.

[11th Embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the single-shot operation effect processing (see FIG. 16), when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the single-shot operation start image (S1409: Yes). A case where the operation is reflected in the effect after the single-shot operation start image is displayed has been described. On the other hand, it is conceivable to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22 when the one-shot operation notification image showing the operation method of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the eleventh embodiment, by enabling the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed, the one-shot operation start image is displayed after the one-shot operation notification image is displayed. The configuration in which the operation of the player's operation button 22 is reflected in the effect will be described.

Specifically, in the eleventh embodiment, another example of the one-shot operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 34. In the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 34, the same processing as the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 16 is designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the eleventh embodiment, the following steps S1801 are executed in the one-shot operation effect processing, and steps S1401 to S1402 and steps S1403 are omitted.

<Step S1801>
As shown in FIG. 34, when the one-shot operation notice image is displayed in the step S1405, it is determined in the subsequent step S1801 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Here, when it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S1801: Yes), the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted and the process shifts to the step S1416. Here, the MPU 51 when accepting the operation of the operation button 22 after the notification of the operation method by displaying the one-shot operation notice image by executing the step S1801 is an example of the operation acceptance means.

As a result, in step S1416, the operation of the operation button 22 is reflected in the effect, and the one-shot operation result image is displayed. Here, the MPU 51 when reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 received in step S1801 in the effect is an example of the operation reflecting means. That is, in the eleventh embodiment, the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is enabled at the timing when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed. If the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S1801: No), the process proceeds to step S1406.

As described above, in the eleventh embodiment, the operation of the operation button 22 performed between the notification of the operation method by displaying the one-shot operation notice image and the notification of the operation start instruction by displaying the one-shot operation start image. Can be used effectively. Further, in the eleventh embodiment, since a simple process that the operation is reflected in the effect when the operation button 22 is operated is only added, the processing load of the MPU 51 is suppressed and the operation is reflected. It is possible to solve the problem related to the operation of the operation button 22 before displaying the single-shot operation start image. For example, the time and effort for the player to re-operate the operation button 22 is omitted, and the player is prevented from misunderstanding that the operation button 22 is out of order.

Although the single-shot operation effect processing has been described here as an example, it is conceivable that the continuous striking operation effect process or the long press operation effect process is similarly configured. That is, in the case of the continuous striking effect processing, when the operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of the continuous striking operation notice image and the display of the continuous striking operation start image, the process is performed in step S1508 (see FIG. 17). It is conceivable to shift to and turn on the reception start flag 512n. Further, in the long press effect processing, when the operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of the long press operation notice image and the display of the long press operation start image, the reception start flag 512n is turned on and the long press operation start flag 512n is turned on. It is conceivable to add one push counter 512m. As a result, even in the continuous hitting effect processing and the long press effect processing, the operation is reflected in the effect at the time of operating the operation button 22, so that the player does not have to re-operate the operation button 22 and the game is played. It is prevented that a person mistakes the operation button 22 for a failure.

When the operation of the operation button 22 is received between the display of each operation notice image and the display of each operation start image in the one-shot operation effect processing, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press effect process, the symbol is displayed. Using the speaker 26 or the illumination unit 27, such as outputting a sound effect corresponding to the operation from the speaker 26 or blinking the illumination unit 27 in response to the operation without changing the display content of the display unit 341. It is conceivable to suggest to the player that the operation is being accepted. As a result, it is possible to indicate to the player that at least the operation button 22 is not out of order and the operation is accepted.

[Twelfth Embodiment]
In the eleventh embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed and the time when the one-shot operation start image is displayed, the operation is reflected in the effect at that time. I explained the case of making it. On the other hand, in such a case, since the single-shot operation start image may not be displayed, it is not possible to show the original single-shot operation effect to the player who has operated the operation button 22 at an early stage. Therefore, in the twelfth embodiment, even if the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the single-shot operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single-shot operation start image is displayed, the operation is performed. A configuration will be described in which the operation is held until the single-shot operation start image is displayed, and the operation is reflected in the effect after the single-shot operation start image is displayed.

Specifically, in the twelfth embodiment, another example of the one-shot operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 35. In the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 35, the same processing as the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 16 is designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the twelfth embodiment, the following steps S1901 to S1903 are executed in the one-shot operation effect processing, and steps S1413 to S1414 are omitted.

<Step S1901>
As shown in FIG. 35, when the one-shot operation notice image is displayed in the step S1405, it is determined in the subsequent step S1901 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state and the operation of the operation button has started. Here, if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S1901: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1902, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S1901: No), the process is described. The process proceeds to step S1406.

<Step S1902>
In step S1902, the already operated flag 512j is turned on. As a result, it is determined according to the state of the already-operated flag 512j whether or not the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the one-shot operation notice image is displayed and the time when the one-shot operation start image is displayed. Becomes possible.

<Step S1903>
After that, in step S1411, when it is determined that the operation is within the valid period (S1411: Yes), in the following step S1903, it is determined whether or not the already operated flag 512j is on, as in step S1412. To do. Here, if the already-operated flag 512j is not on (S1903: No), the process proceeds to step S1415. On the other hand, when the already-operated flag 512j is on (S1903: Yes), the process shifts to the step S1416 and the one-shot operation result image is displayed. That is, if the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted and the already-operated flag 512j is turned on between the time when the one-shot operation notice image is displayed and the time when the one-shot operation start image is displayed, after that, The operation of the operation button 22 is reflected in the effect at the timing when the operation start instruction is notified by the display of the one-shot operation start image. That is, when the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted between the display of the single-shot operation start image and the display of the single-shot operation start image, the operation is reflected in the effect immediately after the notification of the operation start instruction.

As described above, in the twelfth embodiment, the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 becomes effective at the timing when the single operation notification image is displayed, and at the timing when the subsequent single operation start image is displayed. The operation is reflected. Therefore, even when the player operates the operation button 22 before displaying the single-shot operation start image, the operation of the operation button 22 can be reflected in the effect without re-operation of the player. As a result, for example, the player who operates the operation button 22 can be released from the stress of misunderstanding that the operation button 22 is out of order and the stress of re-operating the operation button 22.

In particular, in the game machine 10, after the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 341 is started, the single-shot operation notice image is displayed, and the speaker gradually enhances the effect according to the process of displaying the single-shot operation start image. The sound output from the 26 and the lighting mode of the illumination unit 27 may be determined. In this respect, in the twelfth embodiment, unlike the eleventh embodiment, the one-shot operation result image is not displayed before the one-shot operation start image is displayed, so that the effect of the effect is enhanced. In this state, the operation of the operation button 22 can be reflected in the effect, and the player's game can be added to the interest by the original effect content of the game machine 10. Further, since the single-shot operation result image is displayed after the single-shot operation start image is displayed after the single-shot operation notice image, the player can be shown the single-shot operation start image, which is originally the single-shot operation. It is possible to recognize that the operation button 22 should have been pressed after the start image is displayed.

[13th Embodiment]
In the twelfth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the single-shot operation notification image is displayed and the time when the single-shot operation start image is displayed, the operation is performed by the single-shot operation start image. The configuration to be reflected in the production immediately after the display of is explained. In this case, the single-shot operation start image is displayed instantaneously. On the other hand, it is conceivable that the player can sufficiently recognize the content of the single-shot operation start image by securing the display of the single-shot operation start image for a certain period of time. In the thirteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the one-shot operation notification image is displayed and the time when the one-shot operation start image is displayed, the operation is performed by the one-shot operation start image. Will be described for a configuration in which is reflected in the production after being displayed for a certain period of time.

Specifically, in the thirteenth embodiment, another example of the one-shot operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 36. In the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 36, the same processing as the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 35 is designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the thirteenth embodiment, the following step S2001 is executed in the one-shot operation effect processing.

<Step S2001>
As shown in FIG. 36, when it is determined in step S1903 that the already-operated flag 512j is on (S1903: Yes), in the following step S2001, a preset waiting time is set after the single-shot operation start image is displayed. It is determined whether or not it has passed. Then, when the waiting time elapses (S2001: Yes), the process shifts to the step S1416, and the one-shot operation result image is displayed. That is, when the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted between the display of the single-shot operation start image and the display of the single-shot operation start image, when the waiting time elapses from the display of the single-shot operation start image. The operation is reflected in the effect. On the other hand, if the waiting time has not elapsed (S2001: No), the process proceeds to step S1415.

Here, the waiting time is, for example, a time preset as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the single-shot operation start image to some extent. As a result, since the single-shot operation start image is displayed until the waiting time elapses, it is possible for the player to sufficiently recognize what kind of display the single-shot operation start image is originally. Therefore, for example, when the same operation effect is executed next time, the operation motivation to operate the operation means at the correct timing is given.

Further, it is conceivable that the MPU 51 changes the waiting time in step S2001 according to the presence or absence of a jackpot included in the display variation pattern command. For example, as the standby time, it is considered that the first standby time corresponding to the case where a big hit occurs and the second standby time corresponding to the deviation are stored in the ROM 511 for each content of the one-shot operation effect. Be done. Then, in step S2001, the passage of the first waiting time or the second waiting time selected according to the presence or absence of the occurrence of the jackpot is monitored. At this time, the first waiting time is, for example, a timing set in advance as a timing when the roulette stops by hitting or a timing when the target enters the aiming, and the second waiting time is, for example, a timing when the roulette stops when it comes off. , It is conceivable that it is a preset time as a timing when the target deviates significantly from the aim. As a result, the player can be impressed with the impression that the result displayed as the one-shot operation result image is determined by the operation of the operation button 22. Therefore, it is possible to motivate the player to press the operation button 22 after seeing the single-shot operation start image when the same single-shot operation effect is executed next time.

If the waiting time has not elapsed (S2001: No), the process proceeds to step S1415. Therefore, if the operation button 22 is re-operated before the waiting time elapses (S1415). : Yes), at that time, the re-operation is reflected in the effect and the one-shot operation result image is displayed. Therefore, even if the player operates once before displaying the single-shot operation start image, the player can display the single-shot operation result image by performing the re-operation and reflecting it in the effect at the timing of the re-operation. Can be done. Further, since the situation in which the operation button 22 is not reflected in the effect even if the operation button 22 is operated before the waiting time elapses is avoided, when the player operates the operation button 22 in the waiting state for the elapse of the waiting time. It is also possible to prevent the operation button 22 from being mistaken for a failure.

[14th Embodiment]
By the way, in the game machine 10, if the operation button 22 is operated at the time when the single-shot operation start image is displayed, the input signal from the operation switch 22a for detecting the operation of the operation button 22 is "OFF". , "ON", "ON" is not the problem. Therefore, in the fourteenth embodiment, the operation of the operation button 22 is started by forcibly setting the input signals from the operation switch 22a to "OFF", "OFF", and "OFF" when the single operation start image is displayed. The configuration that enables detection of

Specifically, in the fourteenth embodiment, another example of the one-shot operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 37. In the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 37, the same processing as the single-shot operation effect processing shown in FIG. 16 is designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the fourteenth embodiment, the following step S2101 is executed in the one-shot operation effect processing.

<Step S2101>
As shown in FIG. 37, when the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started in the step S1408, the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the third detection flag 512c are turned off in the subsequent step S2101. To do. That is, in step S2101, the MPU 51 creates a pseudo state in which the operation button 22 is not operated by the player.

As a result, when the player continues to operate the operation button 22 before and after the display of the one-shot operation start image, in the step S2101, the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the second 3 The detection flag 512c is turned off once, and then immediately turned on in sequence. Therefore, since the second pattern flag 512e is turned on as in the case where the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state, the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted in the step S1415 (S1415: Yes), and the production is performed. It will be reflected (S1416).

Therefore, the operation of the operation button can be reflected in the effect without forcing the player to re-operate the operation button 22. Further, in the single-shot operation effect processing according to the 14th embodiment, the step S2101 is executed instead of the steps S1409 to S1410 and steps S1412 to S1414 of the single-shot operation effect process shown in FIG. , The processing load of MPU 51 is reduced.

[Fifteenth Embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the continuous striking operation effect processing (see FIG. 17), even when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the continuous striking operation start image, the operation thereof. The case of ignoring is described as an example. On the other hand, a configuration is also conceivable in which the repeated hitting operation of the operation button 22 is accepted after the continuous hitting operation notification image is displayed. In the fifteenth embodiment, a configuration will be described in which a continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 is accepted from the time when the continuous striking operation notification image is displayed, and the continuous striking operation is reflected in the effect after the continuous striking operation start image is displayed.

In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, the RAM 512 is provided with a pre-continuous hit counter 512 ra and a pre-long press counter 512 rb.

Specifically, in the fifteenth embodiment, another example of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 38. In the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 38, the same processing as the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 17 is designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the fifteenth embodiment, the following steps S2201 to S2205 are executed in the continuous striking operation effect processing.

<Step S2201>
As shown in FIG. 38, when the continuous striking operation notice image is displayed in the step S1505, it is determined in the subsequent step S2201 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Here, if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S2201: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2202, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S2201: No), the process is described. The process proceeds to step S1506.

<Step S2202>
In step S2202, the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is added one by one. As a result, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, the number of operations of the operation button 22 performed between the display of the continuous striking operation notice image and the display of the continuous striking operation start image is stored in the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra. It will be. The pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is cleared to 0 in step S1515.

<Step S2203>
Then, in step S1509, if it is determined that the operation is within the valid period (S1509: Yes), in the following step S2203, it is determined whether or not the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is greater than 0. Here, if the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is greater than 0 (S2203: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2204, and if the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is 0 (S2203: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. To do.

<Steps S2204 to S2205>
In step S2204, the continuous hit counter 512k is added one by one, and in the subsequent step S2205, the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is subtracted by one. That is, in steps S2203 to S2205, the process for adding the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra as the continuous hit counter 512k is repeatedly executed until the value of the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra becomes 0. Then, after the step S2205, the process shifts to the step S1512. As a result, in step S1512, the continuous striking operation effect image corresponding to the continuous striking counter 512k counted by the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra is displayed.

As described above, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the fifteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated by the player before the continuous striking operation start image is displayed, the continuous striking operation start image After the display of, the operation is reflected in the effect in the step S1512 until the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra, which is the number of operations, becomes 0. Therefore, the operation of the operation button 22 performed by the player before the continuous striking operation start image is displayed can be reflected in the production without wasting it, and a reasonable game that does not disappoint the player is realized. can do.

Further, here, the case where the value of the pre-striking counter 512ra is reflected one by one in the value of the continuous striking counter 512k and the continuous striking operation effect image gradually changes has been described as an example, but the value of the continuous striking counter 512k has been described. By replacing the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra at once, it is conceivable to display the continuous striking operation effect image corresponding to the value of the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra from the beginning at the start of displaying the continuous striking operation start image.

By the way, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the fifteenth embodiment, since the value of the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra is added to the continuous striking counter 512k, when the operation of the operation button 22 is started after the continuous striking operation start image is displayed. The continuous hit counter 512k will be reached sooner. Therefore, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the fifteenth embodiment, after the continuous striking operation start image is displayed, the operation of the operation button 22 is the value of the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra at the time of displaying the continuous striking operation start image. Until the same number is performed, for example, it is conceivable to add the two operations of the operation button 22 to the continuous hit counter 512k as one operation. That is, if the operation button 22 is operated before the display of the continuous striking operation start image, the number of operations is reflected in the effect, while the operation of the operation button 22 after the continuous striking operation start image is displayed. It is conceivable to reduce the addition frequency of the continuous hit counter 512k according to the above.

As a result, the operation of the operation button 22 before the display of the continuous striking operation start image is reflected, so that the subsequent change speed of the effect content that has changed faster than usual can be suppressed, and before the continuous striking operation start image is displayed. It is possible to suppress the difference in the final effect result between the case where the operation is started and the case where the operation is started after the continuous striking operation start image is displayed. Further, after the number of operations after the display of the continuous striking operation start image exceeds the number of operations of the operation button 22 before the display of the continuous striking operation start image, the number of operations is added at a normal addition frequency. The difference in the final operation result when the operation means is not operated before the display of the continuous striking operation start image is also suppressed.

[16th Embodiment]
In the fifteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is repeatedly hit between the time when the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed and the time when the continuous hit operation start image is displayed, the continuous hit operation is performed by the continuous hit operation. The case where the start image is reflected in the production immediately after the display is described. In this case, the transition of the continuous striking operation effect image in step S1512 is performed at a speed significantly faster than the normal continuous striking speed of the operation button 22 by the player. In the 16th embodiment, when the operation button 22 is repeatedly hit between the time when the continuous hit operation notification image is displayed and the time when the continuous hit operation start image is displayed, the continuous hit operation is performed by the continuous hit operation. A configuration that secures a certain interval to be reflected in the production image will be described.

Specifically, in the sixteenth embodiment, another example of the continuous striking operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 39. In the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 39, the same processing as the continuous striking operation effect processing shown in FIG. 38 is designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the 16th embodiment, the process of the following step S2301 is executed in the continuous striking operation effect process.

<Step S2301>
As shown in FIG. 39, when the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra is greater than 0 in step S1903, in step S2301, whether or not a preset waiting time has elapsed after the previous step S1904 was executed. To judge. Here, if the waiting time has not elapsed (S2301: No), the process proceeds to step S1510. On the other hand, if the waiting time has elapsed (S2301: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1904. The waiting time is a time set in advance as a time that allows the player to grasp the transition of the continuous hitting operation result image, and is at least a time longer than the execution interval of the continuous hitting operation effect processing. For example, it is conceivable that the waiting time is 400 msec and the step S1904 is executed once for the 400 times of the continuous hitting operation effect processing.

As described above, in the continuous striking operation effect processing according to the 16th embodiment, the reflection interval of the operation of the operation button 22 stored as the pre-continuous striking counter 512ra in the effect can be lengthened. It is possible to make the player recognize the transition of the continuous hit operation result image in the above and add interest to the game, and to reflect the number of operations corresponding to the value of the pre-continuous hit counter 512ra in the production.

[17th Embodiment]
In the first embodiment, in the long press operation effect processing (see FIG. 18), when the operation state of the operation button 22 continues before and after the display of the long press operation start image (S169: Yes). ), The case where the operation is reflected in the effect after the long press operation start image is displayed has been described. On the other hand, it is conceivable to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22 when the long press operation notification image indicating the operation method of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the seventeenth embodiment, by enabling the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 when the long press operation notification image is displayed, the long press operation start after the long press operation notification image is displayed. A configuration for reflecting the operation of the player's operation button 22 in the effect until the image is displayed will be described.

Specifically, in the seventeenth embodiment, another example of the long press operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 40. In the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 40, the same processes as those of the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 18 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the seventeenth embodiment, the following steps S2401 to S2406 are executed in the long press operation effect processing.

<Step S2401>
As shown in FIG. 40, when the long press operation notice image is displayed in the step S1605, it is determined in the subsequent step S2401 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state and the operation of the operation button has started. Here, if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S2401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2402, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S2401: No), the process is stepped. Move to S2403.

<Step S2402>
In step S2402, the pre-long press counter 512rb is added one by one. As a result, in the long-press operation effect, the operation time of the operation button 22 performed between the time when the long-press operation notice image is displayed and the time when the long-press operation start image is displayed is set to the advance long-press counter 512rb. It will be remembered.

<Step S2403>
On the other hand, in step S2403, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is continuing. Specifically, when the first pattern flag 512d is on, it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 is continuing. Here, when it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 is continuing (S2403: Yes), the process shifts to the step S2402, and the pre-long press counter 512rb is added. If it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 is not continuing (S2403: No), the process proceeds to step S1606.

<Step S2404>
Then, in step S1611, if it is determined that the operation is within the valid period (S1611: Yes), in the following step S2404, it is determined whether or not the pre-long press counter 512rb is 5 or more. Here, when the pre-long press counter 512 rb is 5 or more (S2404: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2405, and when the pre-long press counter 512 rb is less than 5 (S2404: No), the process is described. The process proceeds to step S1612.

<Steps S2405 to S2406>
In step S2405, the long press counter 512m is added by 5, and in the subsequent step S2406, the pre-long press counter 512rb is subtracted by 5. That is, in the steps S2404 to S2406, the process for adding the pre-long press counter 512 rb as the long press counter 512 m is repeatedly executed until the value of the pre-long press counter 512 rb becomes 0. Then, after the step S2406, the process shifts to the step S1616. As a result, in step S1616, the long press operation effect image corresponding to the long press counter 512 m counted by the pre-long press counter 512 rb is displayed. In particular, when the pre-long press counter 512 rb is reflected in the effect, the long press counter 512 m is incremented by 5, so that the long press operation effect image can be changed at a speed faster than usual.

As described above, in the long-press operation effect processing according to the seventeenth embodiment, if the operation button 22 is operated by the player before the long-press operation start image is displayed, the operation button 22 is operated. The operation is reflected in the effect in step S1616 until the pre-long press counter 512 rb corresponding to the operation time becomes 0. Therefore, the operation of the operation button 22 performed by the player before the long-press operation start image is displayed can be reflected in the production without wasting it, and a reasonable game that does not disappoint the player can be achieved. It can be realized.

Further, in the seventeenth embodiment, since the pre-long press counter 512 rb is counted up in the step S2402, when the long press operation start image is displayed in the step S1607, before the long press operation start image is displayed. It is possible to determine whether or not the operation button 22 is being operated. Therefore, for example, when the game machine 10 has a vibrating means such as a vibrating motor or a piezoelectric element that vibrates the operation button 22, the operation button 22 is vibrated when the long press operation start image is displayed in the step S2402. It is conceivable to vibrate by. As a result, the player can be notified of the original operation start timing of the operation button 22.

By the way, when the operation time of the operation button 22 before the display of the long press operation start image is reflected in the effect, the change of the long press operation effect image in the effect changes the operation button before the display of the long press operation start image. It will be faster than when 22 is not operated. Therefore, it is conceivable to reduce the addition frequency of the long press counter 512 m in response to the operation of the operation button 22 after the display of the long press operation start image, as in the example described in the continuous striking operation effect processing. As a result, the operation of the operation button 22 before the display of the long press operation start image is reflected, so that the subsequent change speed of the effect content that has changed earlier than usual can be suppressed, and the long press operation start image is displayed. It is possible to suppress the difference in the final effect result between the case where the operation is started before and the case where the operation is started after the long press operation start image is displayed.

Further, in this case, the long press is performed only until the operation time of the operation button 22 after the display of the long press operation start image reaches the operation time of the operation button 22 before the display of the long press operation start image. It is conceivable to reduce the addition frequency of the long press counter 512m in response to the operation of the operation button 22 after the operation start image is displayed. As a result, after the operation time after displaying the long press operation start image exceeds the operation time of the operation means before displaying the long press operation start image, the long press counter 512 m is added at a normal addition frequency. Therefore, the difference in the final operation result when the operation button 22 is not operated before the display of the long press operation start image is suppressed.

[18th Embodiment]
By the way, in the long-press operation effect processing, the operation is reflected in the effect as a response when the operation button 22 is operated between the display of the long-press operation notification image and the display of the long-press operation start image. In addition to the case, it is conceivable to give meaning to the operation of the operation button 22. In the eighteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the display of the long press operation notification image and the display of the long press operation start image, the expected degree of jackpot is set according to the operation. The configuration that can be notified to a person will be described.

Specifically, in the eighteenth embodiment, another example of the long press operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 41. In the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 41, the same processes as those of the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 18 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the eighteenth embodiment, the following steps S2501 to S2502 are executed in the long press operation effect processing.

Here, the gaming machine 10 according to the eighteenth embodiment includes a vibrating means for vibrating the operation button 22 and a drive circuit thereof, and the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 inputs a control signal to the drive circuit. By doing so, it is possible to vibrate the vibrating means. The vibrating means is, for example, a vibrating actuator such as a vibrating motor or a piezoelectric element. The vibrating means is used in the game machine 10 to vibrate, for example, the operation button 22 to show the player the degree of expectation of a big hit.

<Step S2501>
As shown in FIG. 42, when the long press operation notice image is displayed in the step S1605, it is determined in the subsequent step S2501 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Here, when it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S2501: Yes), the process proceeds to step S2502, and when it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S2501: No), the process is described. The process proceeds to step S1606. As described above, the MPU 51 when accepting the operation of the operation button 22 from the display of the long press operation notice image to the display of the long press operation start image is an example of the first operation reception means. Further, the MPU 51 when accepting the operation of the operation button 22 in the step S1614 after displaying the long press operation image is an example of the second operation accepting means.

<Step S2502>
Then, in step S2502, the vibration notification process of the operation button 22 is executed. Specifically, in the vibration notification process, when the display fluctuation pattern command includes information that a big hit has occurred, the vibration means is driven to vibrate the operation button 22, and the display fluctuation pattern command has a big hit. If none of the information is included, the vibrating means is not vibrated. Here, the MPU 51 for vibrating the operation button 22 when the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted in step S2501 is an example of the vibration control means.

As described above, in the eighteenth embodiment, when the operation button 22 is operated between the time when the long-press operation notice image is displayed and the time when the long-press operation start image is displayed, The vibration of the operation button 22 notifies the player whether or not a big hit has occurred. Therefore, a player who knows the specifications of the game machine 10 can know whether or not a big hit has been confirmed by operating the operation button 22 before displaying the long-press operation start image. It is possible to give the player a feeling of superiority, for example. Further, a player who does not know the specifications of the game machine 10 may feel that it has vibrated because the operation was quick, or that there is a high possibility that a big hit will occur, but in any case, the operation is performed once. It is considered that the hand is released from the button 22. Therefore, it is possible to create a situation in which the operation button 22 is not operated at the time of displaying the long-press operation start image, and the player can naturally re-operate the operation button 22.

In the vibration notification process, even if the display fluctuation pattern command includes information that does not cause a big hit, the operation button 22 vibrates for the purpose of increasing the player's expectation based on the content of the display fluctuation pattern command. Switching the presence or absence of is also considered as another embodiment. For example, it is conceivable to vibrate the operation button 22 even when a highly expected effect is executed based on the result (random value) of the internal lottery included in the display fluctuation pattern command.

Further, in the vibration notification process, it is also conceivable to vibrate the operation button 22 regardless of whether or not the display fluctuation pattern command includes information on the occurrence of a big hit. As a result, it can be expected that the player's hand naturally separates from the operation button 22 and creates a situation in which the operation button 22 is not operated at the time of displaying the long press operation start image. Further, in the vibration notification process, the symbol display unit 341 is displayed with a message prompting the player to take his / her hand off the operation button 22 or a message prompting the player to perform the operation again, thereby notifying the player that the operation start timing has not arrived. can do. It is also possible to recognize that the vibration of the operation button 22 is not caused by the high expectation of the jackpot.

In step S2502, the operation start timing at which the operation button 22 should be operated has not been reached when the operation of the operation button 22 is received before the display of the long press operation start image instead of the vibration notification process. It is also conceivable that the notification process for notifying the effect is executed as another embodiment. The MPU 51 when executing such a process is also an example of the operation reflecting means. As a result, the player can be made to clearly recognize that the operation start timing has not been reached, so that the player can prevent the player from misunderstanding that the operation button 22 or the like has a failure.

Further, in the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the processes of steps S2501 to S2502 are executed in the long press operation effect process has been described, but the same applies to the single-shot operation effect process and the continuous hit operation effect process. It is conceivable to execute the processes of steps S2501 to S2502. That is, it is conceivable that the steps S2201 to S2202 are executed between the step S1405 and the step S1406 in the one-shot operation effect process shown in FIG. Further, it is conceivable that the steps S2201 to S2202 are executed between the step S1505 and the step S1506 in the continuous striking operation effect process shown in FIG.

[19th Embodiment]
By the way, in the game machine 10, when the operation button 22 is operated at the time when the long press operation start image is displayed, the input signal from the operation switch 22a for detecting the operation of the operation button 22 is ". The problem is that it does not turn "OFF", "ON", or "ON". Therefore, in the nineteenth embodiment, the operation button 22 is operated by forcibly setting the input signals from the operation switch 22a to "OFF", "OFF", and "OFF" when the long press operation start image is displayed. A configuration that enables the start to be detected will be described.

Specifically, in the nineteenth embodiment, another example of the long press operation effect processing executed by the MPU 51 of the voice lamp control device 5 will be described with reference to FIG. 42. In the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 42, the same processes as those of the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 18 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Specifically, in the nineteenth embodiment, the following step S2601 is executed in the long press operation effect processing.

<Step S2601>
As shown in FIG. 42, after the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 is started in the step S1608, the first detection flag 512a, the second detection flag 512b, and the third detection flag 512c are turned off in the subsequent step S2601. To do. That is, in step S2701, the MPU 51 creates a pseudo state in which the operation button 22 is not operated by the player.

Therefore, in the long press operation effect processing according to the nineteenth embodiment, even if the operation button 22 is operated before the display of the long press operation start image, the operation button is displayed after the single operation start image is displayed. The operation of 22 will start. Therefore, the operation of the operation button can be reflected in the effect without forcing the player to re-operate the operation button 22. Further, in the long press operation effect process according to the nineteenth embodiment, the processes of steps S1609 to S1610 and step S1613 of the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 18 are omitted, and the processing load of the MPU 51 is reduced. Will be done.

[20th Embodiment]
By the way, for one game round in the game machine 10, a plurality of operation effects such as the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, and the long-press operation effect are selected, and the plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel. The configuration is also conceivable. However, when the game machine 10 executes controls related to a plurality of operation effects (display control, voice control, lighting control, etc.) in parallel, the contents of each operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22 are interlaced. This may give the player a sense of discomfort.

It is also conceivable that the game machine 10 draws a lottery for whether or not to execute each operation effect so as to avoid a combination of operation effects that may give the player a sense of discomfort. However, in that case, there arises a problem that the lottery process for selecting the operation effect becomes complicated and it becomes difficult to design the control program of the game machine 10. In addition, in a configuration in which a plurality of operation effects are not executed for one game, the degree of attention to the game and the motivation for the game may decrease.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when a plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel for one game time, the plurality of operation effects are executed with as simple a process as possible so as not to give the player a sense of discomfort. , The configuration that can improve the degree of attention to the game and the motivation to play the game will be explained. In the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, it is assumed that three types of operation effects, that is, a single-shot operation effect, a special operation effect, and a notification operation effect, can be executed as an operation effect that involves the operation of the operation button 22. In each operation effect, depending on the operation of the operation button 22, the presence or absence of a big hit and the high or low possibility of a big hit are displayed by the symbol display unit 341, the reproduced sound by the speaker 26, and the lighting mode of the illumination unit 27. Suggested by.

Specifically, the single-shot operation effect is an effect that suggests a jackpot lottery result by displaying a single-shot operation result image or the like in response to one operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period. For example, in the single-shot operation effect, a display suggesting the content and start timing of the single-shot operation effect is performed during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 67 (A)) (FIG. 67 (B)). See FIG. 67 (C)). Then, in response to one operation of the operation button 22 within the preset operation valid period, the image is selected from a plurality of preset single-shot operation result images with a predetermined probability based on the result of the jackpot lottery or the like. The image is displayed as an effect result (see FIG. 67 (C) or FIG. 67 (D)). Various single-shot operation result images used in the single-shot operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6.

Further, the special operation effect is an effect that suggests a jackpot lottery result by displaying a special operation result image or the like in response to a plurality of operations or long press operations of the operation button 22 within a preset operation valid period. .. In the present embodiment, the special operation effect includes the above-mentioned continuous hit operation effect and long press operation effect. In addition, the special operation effect also includes a rhythm operation effect in which the operation of the operation button 22 in accordance with a predetermined rhythm within the preset operation valid period is reflected in the effect. Various special operation result images used in the special operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6.

For example, in the rhythm operation effect, a display suggesting the rhythm operation effect is performed during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 68 (A)) (see FIG. 68 (B)). Then, the reproduction of the preset voice is started, the optimum operation timing and the progress of the time are shown in chronological order (see FIG. 68 (C)), and the operation button 22 is adjusted to a predetermined rhythm in the voice. The point value corresponding to the operation timing is added. Here, when the point value reaches a preset third specified value, a rhythm operation result is selected with a predetermined probability from a plurality of predetermined rhythm operation result images based on the result of a jackpot lottery or the like. The image is displayed as an effect result (see FIG. 68 (D) or FIG. 68 (E)). Various rhythm operation result images used in the rhythm operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6. Further, the display timing of the rhythm operation result image in the rhythm operation effect is not limited to the case where the point value reaches the third specified value, and is a predetermined timing after the reproduction of the sound in the rhythm operation effect is completed. It is also conceivable that the rhythm operation result image is displayed. The rhythm operation result image is not limited to information indicating the presence or absence of a big hit, and may be an image suggesting a high or low probability of a big hit.

Further, the notification operation effect is an effect in which a message suggesting a high or low probability of winning a big hit is displayed in response to an operation of the operation button 22 within a preset operation validity period. For example, in the notification operation effect, a display suggesting the notification operation effect is performed during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 69 (A)) (see FIG. 69 (B)). Then, in response to one operation of the operation button 22 within the preset operation valid period, a message selected from a plurality of preset messages with a predetermined probability based on the result of the jackpot lottery or the like (““ "Chance!" Or "...") is displayed as the effect result (see FIG. 69 (C) or FIG. 69 (D)). Various messages used in the notification operation effect are stored in the ROM 611 of the display control device 6.

Further, similarly to the special operation effect, a plurality of types of operation effects may be included in each of the one-shot operation effect and the notification operation effect. Further, the gaming machine 10 may have a configuration capable of executing an operation effect different from the one-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect.

Here, FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram showing another example of the storage areas of the ROM 511 and the RAM 512 of the MPU 51 of the game machine 10.

As shown in FIG. 43, the ROM 511 of the MPU 51 of the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment includes a rhythm operation table 511A, a notification operation table 511B, a single-shot operation effect table 511C, a special operation effect table 511D, and a notification operation effect table 511E. It is also stored. Similar to the effect type table 511b, the single-shot operation table 511c, the continuous hit operation table 511d, the long press operation table 511e, and the like, information for determining the effect content in each game time is stored in these tables.

Further, in the RAM 512 of the MPU 51 of the game machine 10, the remaining time counter 512A, the additional effect counter 512B, the rhythm effect flag 512C, the notification effect flag 512D, the rhythm counter 512E, the exception single-shot effect flag 512F, the exception continuous hit effect flag 512G, and the exception length. The push effect flag 512H, the special rhythm effect flag 512J, and the like are stored. These various flags and counters are used in various operation effects. Further, in the RAM 512 of the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, instead of the reception start flag 512n, the single-shot reception start flag 512n1 corresponding to the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit reception start flag 512n2 corresponding to the continuous hit operation effect, and the length A long press reception start flag 512n3 corresponding to the push operation effect, a rhythm reception start flag 512n4 corresponding to the rhythm operation effect, and a notification reception start flag 512n5 corresponding to the notification operation effect are provided. For example, in the single-shot operation effect processing (see FIG. 16), the single-shot reception start flag 512n1 is set to on in step S1408 and turned off in step S1417.

The remaining time counter 512A indicates the remaining fluctuation time in the current game times. Specifically, the remaining time counter 512A is used when a display variation pattern command is transmitted to the display control device 6 in the command output process of step S1310 (see FIG. 14) (when variation display by the symbol display unit 341 is started). ) Is set to the fluctuation time indicated by the fluctuation pattern command, and then subtracted by 1 in step S1003 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11). As a result, the remaining time counter 512A indicates the remaining fluctuation time in the current game times.

The additional effect counter 512B is a loop counter that is incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 59999 in step S1003 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11) executed by the MPU 51 and returns to 0 when the maximum value is reached. is there. The MPU 51 updates the additional effect counter 512B one by one with a number randomly selected from 0 to 59999 as the initial value, and when the number is updated to the number immediately before the initial value, the MPU 51 again 0 to 59999. Randomly select the initial value from.

[Other examples of command handling processing]
Next, another example of the command correspondence process (see FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 51 will be described with reference to FIG. 44. Specifically, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the operation effect includes the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect in addition to the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, and the long press operation effect. In step S1303 in the command correspondence process, the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect may be selected. That is, the display variation pattern command set in step S1303 includes any of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect. May contain information to indicate.

Specifically, in the special reach effect table shown in FIG. 15C, the effect Y1 is an effect type with a single operation effect, the effect Y2 is an effect type with a continuous hit operation effect, and the effect Y3 is an effect with a long press operation effect. It is conceivable that the type and effect Y4 is an effect type with a rhythm operation effect, and the effect Y5 is an effect type with a notification operation effect. Here, the probability that each of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long-press operation effect, or the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect is executed in the special reach effect table is a big hit lottery. It depends on the lottery result.

More specifically, in the example shown in FIG. 15C, the probability that the effect Y1 is executed among the plurality of types of operation effects is the case where the result of the big hit lottery is a big hit rather than the case where the result is out of order. Is higher. Further, the probability that the effects Y2 to Y4 are executed is also higher in the case of a big hit than in the case where the result of the big hit lottery is out of order. On the other hand, the probability that the effect Y5 is executed is higher when the result of the jackpot lottery is out of the jackpot than when it is a jackpot. Then, as shown in FIG. 15C, the probability of being executed when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, that is, when it is determined by the MPU 41 to shift to the specific gaming state, is the highest in the effect Y1. Y2 to Y4 are the next highest, and the production Y5 is the lowest. Therefore, the player can estimate the high or low probability that the result of the big hit lottery is a big hit depending on which of the effects Y1 to Y5 is executed. It is also conceivable that the probabilities of the effects Y2 to Y4 to be executed when it is determined that the specific game state is entered are different. Further, even when there are a plurality of types of the single-shot operation effects, it is conceivable that the probability of execution when it is determined to shift to the specific gaming state differs depending on the type of the single-shot operation effects. Similarly, even when there are a plurality of types of the notification operation effects, it is conceivable that the probability of execution when it is determined to shift to the specific gaming state differs depending on the type of the notification operation effects.

<Step S3001>
Then, as shown in FIG. 44, when it is determined in step S1308 that the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by the long press operation effect (S1308: No), the process proceeds to step S3001. In step S3001, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by the rhythm operation effect. Here, if the display variation pattern command is an effect type accompanied by a rhythm operation effect (S3001: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3002, and if the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by the rhythm operation effect. (S3001: No), the process proceeds to step S3003.

<Step S3002>
In step S3002, after the rhythm operation setting process for executing the rhythm operation effect is executed, the process shifts to step S1310. Specifically, in the rhythm operation setting process, the rhythm effect flag 512C is set to ON, and the third specified value corresponding to the current rhythm operation effect process is determined. Specifically, in the rhythm operation table 511A of the ROM 511, the third specified value corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. Then, in the rhythm operation setting process, the third specified value corresponding to the current rhythm operation effect processing is determined based on the lottery result included in the fluctuation pattern command and the rhythm operation table 511A stored in the ROM 511. To. The third specified value is a value corresponding to the point value of the operation button 22 used as the end condition of the rhythm operation effect. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, the third specified value is "1000" with a probability of 5/100 and "600" with a probability of 10/100 based on the rhythm operation table 511A and a predetermined random number value. , 85/100 with a probability of being determined to be "300". On the other hand, when the lottery result is out of order, the third specified value is "3000" with a probability of 5/100 and "6000" with a probability of 10/100 based on the rhythm operation table 511A and a predetermined random number value. , 85/100 with a probability of being determined to be "10000".

<Step S3003>
In step S3003, it is determined whether or not the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect. Here, when the display variation pattern command indicates an effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect (S3003: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3004, and the display variation pattern command is not an effect type accompanied by the notification operation effect. In the case (S3003: No), the process proceeds to step S1310.

<Step S3004>
In step S3004, after the notification operation setting process for executing the notification operation effect is executed, the process shifts to step S1310. Specifically, in the notification operation setting process, the notification effect flag 512D is set to ON, and the notification content corresponding to the current notification operation effect processing is determined. Specifically, in the notification operation table 511B of the ROM 511, a notification result image corresponding to each lottery result included in the variation pattern command is defined. Then, in the notification operation setting process, the notification content corresponding to the current notification operation effect processing is determined based on the lottery result included in the variation pattern command and the notification operation table 511B stored in the ROM 511. For example, when the lottery result is a big hit, there is a 5/100 probability of "notification M1" and a 10/100 probability of "notification M2", 85 / based on the notification operation table 511B and a predetermined random number value. It is decided to be "Notification M3" with a probability of 100. On the other hand, if the lottery result is incorrect, based on the notification operation table 511B and the predetermined random number value, there is a 5/100 probability of "notification M4" and a 10/100 probability of "notification M5", 85/100. It is decided to be "Notification M6" with the probability of.

[Other examples of timer interrupt processing]
Next, another example of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 11) executed by the MPU 51 will be described with reference to FIG. 45. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 45, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, an additional effect lottery process (S3101) for additionally selecting various operation effects is executed. After that, as processing corresponding to various operation effects, notification operation effect processing (S3102), rhythm operation effect processing (S3103), continuous hit operation effect process (S1006), long press operation effect process (S1007), and single operation effect process. (S1005) is executed in this order.

<Step S3101>
First, in step S3101, separately from step S1303, it is for individually determining whether or not each of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long-press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed. The additional operation effect lottery process is executed. As a result, any one or more of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long-press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect may be selected and executed in parallel. Here, the MPU 51 when executing such a process is an example of the effect determining means.

For example, after the single-shot operation effect is selected in step S1303 in the command determination process, the continuous hit operation effect may be selected in step S3101. In addition, a plurality of types of operation effects may be selected by executing the step S3101 a plurality of times. The method of selecting the operation effect in step S1303 is not limited to the method described here, and may be the same as that of step S3101.

[Additional operation production lottery process]
Here, an example of the procedure of the additional operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG. 46. If the same function as the additional operation effect lottery process can be achieved, the specific content of the process procedure is not limited to the mode described here.

<Step S3201>
First, in step S3201, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect has already been selected. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating whether or not the single-shot operation effect is executed is on. Here, if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is not selected (S3201: No), the process proceeds to step S3202, and if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is selected (S3201: Yes). , The process proceeds to step S3204.

<Step S3202>
In step S3202, it is determined whether or not the remaining time counter 512A, which indicates the remaining fluctuation time in the current game round, is equal to or longer than the predetermined time T1. The time T1 is a predetermined value as the time required to execute the one-shot operation effect. That is, in step S3202, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect can be executed from the present time in the current game times. Then, when it is determined that the remaining time counter 512A is the time T1 or more (S3202: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3203, and if the remaining time counter 512A is not the time T1 or more (S3202: No), the process proceeds to step S3204. Move to.

<Step S3203>
In step S3203, the single-shot operation effect lottery process for drawing whether or not to execute the single-shot operation effect is executed. Specifically, whether or not the single-shot operation effect is executed is determined based on the variation pattern command, the additional effect counter 512B, and the single-shot operation effect table 511C stored in the ROM 512. Here, FIG. 47 (A) is a diagram showing an example of the single-shot operation effect table 511C. As described above, the additional effect counter 512B is updated, for example, in step S1003 (see FIG. 11).

For example, consider the case where the lottery result indicated by the fluctuation pattern command is usually a big hit. In this case, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 10001 to 10100, the MPU 51 selects “none” as the lottery result of whether or not the single operation effect is executed based on the single operation effect table 511C. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 10101 to 10400, the MPU 51 selects "Yes" as the lottery result of whether or not the single operation effect is executed based on the single operation effect table 511C.

Further, in step S3203, when the MPU 51 determines that the single-shot operation effect is to be executed, the MPU 51 executes a setting process for executing the single-shot operation effect. Specifically, the same single-shot operation setting process as in step S1305 (see FIG. 14) is executed.

<Step S3204>
Next, in step S3204, it is determined whether or not the continuous striking operation effect has already been selected. Specifically, the continuous striking effect flag 512h indicating whether or not the continuous striking operation effect is executed, the long press effect flag 512i indicating whether or not the long press operation effect is executed, and the rhythm effect flag indicating whether or not the rhythm operation effect is executed. Determine if any of 512C is on. Here, if it is determined that the continuous striking operation effect is not selected (S3204: No), the process proceeds to step S3205, and if it is determined that the continuous striking operation effect is selected (S3204: Yes). , The process proceeds to step S3207.

<Step S3205>
In step S3205, it is determined whether or not the remaining time counter 512A, which indicates the remaining fluctuation time in the current game round, is equal to or longer than the predetermined time T2. The time T2 is a predetermined value as the time required to execute the special operation effect. That is, in step S3205, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect can be executed from the present time in the current game times. Then, when it is determined that the remaining time counter 512A is the time T2 or more (S3205: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3206, and if the remaining time counter 512A is not the time T2 or more (S3205: No), the process proceeds to step S3207. Move to.

<Step S3206>
In step S3206, a special operation effect lottery process for drawing whether or not to execute the special operation effect is executed. Specifically, the presence / absence of execution of the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect belonging to the special operation effect is stored in the variable pattern command, the additional effect counter 512B, and the ROM 511 in advance. Judgment is made based on the special operation effect table 511D. Here, FIG. 47 (B) is a diagram showing an example of the special operation effect table 511D.

For example, consider the case where the lottery result indicated by the fluctuation pattern command is usually a big hit. In this case, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 2021 to 20400, the MPU 51 selects the continuous striking operation effect based on the special operation effect table 511D. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 30201 to 30400, the MPU 51 selects the long press operation effect based on the special operation effect table 511D. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 40201 to 40400, the MPU 51 selects the rhythm operation effect based on the special operation effect table 511D.

Further, in step S3206, when the MPU 51 determines that the special operation effect is to be executed, the MPU 51 executes a setting process for executing the special operation effect. Specifically, when the continuous striking operation effect is selected, the same continuous striking operation setting process as in step S1307 (see FIG. 14) is executed. When the long press operation effect is selected, the same long press operation effect as in step S1309 (see FIG. 14) is executed. Further, when the rhythm operation effect is selected, the same rhythm operation setting process as in step S3002 (see FIG. 44) is executed.

<Step S3207>
In step S3207, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect has already been selected. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the notification effect flag 512D indicating whether or not the notification operation effect is executed is on. Here, if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not selected (S3207: No), the process proceeds to step S3208, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is selected (S3207: Yes). , The additional operation effect lottery process is completed.

<Step S3208>
Subsequently, in step S3208, it is determined whether or not the remaining time counter 512A, which indicates the remaining fluctuation time in the current game round, is equal to or longer than the predetermined time T3. The time T3 is a predetermined value as the time required to execute the notification operation effect. That is, in step S3208, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect can be executed from the present time in the current game times. Then, when it is determined that the remaining time counter 512A is the time T3 or more (S3208: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3209, and if the remaining time counter 512A is not the time T3 or more (S3208: No), the additional operation effect The lottery process is completed.

<Step S3209>
In step S3209, the notification operation effect lottery process for drawing whether or not to execute the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, whether or not the notification operation effect is executed is determined based on the variation pattern command, the additional effect counter 512B, and the notification operation effect table 511E stored in the ROM 511. Here, FIG. 47C is a diagram showing an example of the notification operation effect table 511E.

For example, consider the case where the lottery result indicated by the fluctuation pattern command is usually a big hit. In this case, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 50001 to 50300, the MPU 51 selects "None" as the lottery result of whether or not the notification operation effect is executed based on the notification operation effect table 511E. Further, when the value of the additional effect counter 512B is 50301 to 50400, the MPU 51 selects "Yes" as the lottery result of whether or not the notification operation effect is executed based on the notification operation effect table 511E.

Further, in step S3209, when the MPU 51 determines that the notification operation effect is to be executed, the MPU 51 executes a setting process for executing the notification operation effect. Specifically, the same notification operation setting process as in step S3004 (see FIG. 44) is executed.

As described above, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, it is individually determined whether or not the processing corresponding to each of the single-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed. Therefore, in the game machine 10, a plurality of operation effects may be executed in parallel. However, when controls related to a plurality of operation effects (display control, voice control, lighting control, etc.) are executed in parallel, the contents of each operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22 are interlaced and the player feels uncomfortable. May be given.

Therefore, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the priority is set in advance for each type of operation effect, and the MPU 51 controls whether or not the operation effect is executed and the content of the effect according to the priority. More specifically, in the present embodiment, the one-shot operation effect has the highest priority, the special operation effect has the next highest priority, and the notification operation effect has the lowest priority. To do. That is, the priority corresponding to the operation effect is set so that when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, the higher the probability that the operation effect is executed, the higher the priority. When the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, the probability that the operation effect is executed differs depending on the type of the single operation effect, differs depending on the type of the special operation effect, and each type of the notification operation effect. It is also possible that it is different. Then, as described below, when it is determined that the MPU 51 executes the process corresponding to the plurality of operation effects for one game time, the MPU 51 is executed in the game times according to the combination of the operation effects. The content of the operation effect is changed. In addition to the method using the priority, it is considered as another embodiment that the operation effect reflecting the operation of the operation button 22 is set in advance for each combination of the plurality of operation effects.

<Steps S3102-S3106>
Returning to the description of FIG. 45, after executing the additional effect lottery process (S3101), the MPU 51 executes the notification operation effect process in the following step S3102, and executes the rhythm operation effect process in step S3103. After that, the MPU 51 executes the continuous hit operation effect process (S1006), the long press operation effect process (S1007), and the single-shot operation effect process (S1005) in order.

Hereinafter, an example of the procedure of the notification operation effect processing and the rhythm operation effect processing will be described, and then another example of the continuous striking operation effect process (S1006) and the long press operation effect process (S1007) will be described. The single-shot operation effect processing (S1005) may be the same as that shown in FIG. 16, and thus the description thereof will be omitted here.

[Notification operation effect processing: S3102]
Here, FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing an example of the procedure of the notification operation effect processing. In the notification operation effect processing, a process for displaying the notification operation effect on the symbol display unit 341 is executed. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 stores a plurality of types of images such as a notification operation start image and a notification result image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the notification operation effect. Further, the notification operation effect includes not only the display by the symbol display unit 341 but also the voice reproduction by the speaker 26 executed by the MPU 51 and the lighting control by the illumination unit 27.

<Step S3401>
In step S3401, it is determined whether or not to execute the notification operation effect. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the notification operation effect based on the notification effect flag 512D. Here, when it is determined that the notification operation effect is to be executed (S3401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3402, and when it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S3401: No), the notification operation effect process is performed. finish.

<Step S3402>
In step S3402, it is determined whether or not the start timing of the notification operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the start waiting time from the start of the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the notification operation effect for each type of the notification operation effect. Then, in step S3402, it is determined that the start timing of the notification operation effect has arrived when the start waiting time corresponding to the type of the notification operation effect has elapsed since the start of the variation display on the symbol display unit 341. .. The MPU 51 can determine the elapsed time from the start of the fluctuation display based on the remaining time counter 512A. Here, when the start timing of the notification operation effect has arrived (S3402: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3403, and when the start timing of the notification operation effect has not arrived (S3402: No). , The notification operation effect processing ends.

<Step S3403>
In step S3403, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect has been started, depending on whether or not the notification reception start flag 512n5 is on. The notification reception start flag 512n5 is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, and is set to be on in step S3406 described later and turned off in step S3434 described later. Here, if the notification reception start flag 512n5 is on (S3403: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3431, and if the notification reception start flag 512n5 is not on (S3403: No), the process proceeds to step S3404. To do.

<Step S3404>
In step S3404, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is set to be present. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating whether or not each of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long-press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect is executed (on: yes, off: none). , It is determined whether or not any of the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, and the rhythm effect flag 512C is on. Here, if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is set to exist (S3404: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3406, and the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are omitted. If it is determined that the setting is made (S3404: No), the process proceeds to step S3405. That is, when the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is executed, the notification operation start image is not displayed and the notification reception start flag 512n5 is set to ON.

<Step S3405>
In step S3405, by transmitting a display command to the operation control device 6, the notification operation start image corresponding to the type of the notification operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Specifically, the notification operation start image corresponding to the notification content set in step S3004 or step S3209 is displayed. For example, a character image, a blank message frame image, or the like is displayed as the notification operation start image. In addition, instead of displaying the notification operation start image, or together with the display of the notification operation start image, the operation start timing of the operation button 22 is notified by voice by the speaker 26, or the illumination unit 27 is lit. It is also possible to notify.

<Step S3406>
Then, in step S3406, in order to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22 in the announcement scanning effect, the announcement acceptance start flag 512n5 is turned on. As a result, when the notification operation effect processing is executed next time, the processing shifts to step S3431 in step S3403. The notification acceptance start flag 512n5 is turned off in step S3434 described later.

<Step S3431>
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S3403 that the acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 has already started, in the subsequent step S3431, it is determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is within the operation valid period. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores a preset effective waiting time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) for each type of notification operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines that the operation is within the valid period when the valid waiting time has not elapsed since the display of the notification operation start image. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S3431: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3432, and if it is not within the operation valid period (S3431: No), the process proceeds to step S3435.

<Step S3435>
In step S3435, the notification operation start image is erased from the symbol display unit 341 and hidden by transmitting a display command to the operation control device 6. As a result, the player recognizes the end of the notification operation effect.

<Step S3432>
On the other hand, in step S3432, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated. Specifically, when the second pattern flag 512e is on, it is determined that the operation button 22 changes from the non-operation state to the operation state and the operation of the operation button 22 has started. Here, when it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S3432: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3433 in order to reflect the operation of the operation button 22 in the effect. Further, when it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S3432: No), the notification operation effect processing is terminated.

<Steps S3433 to S3434>
Then, in step S3433, by transmitting a display command to the operation control device 6, a notification effect control process for displaying the notification result image on the symbol display unit 341 is executed in response to the operation of the operation button 22. After that, in step S3434, the notification effect flag 512D and the notification reception start flag 512n5 used in the notification operation effect processing are set to off. The display of the notification result image ends after a predetermined time has elapsed. On the other hand, when the notification operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation of the operation button 22 is also reflected in the special operation effect. Further, when the notification operation effect and the single-shot operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation of the operation button 22 is also reflected in the single-shot operation effect.

That is, when the MPU 51 executes the notification operation effect and the special operation effect or the single-shot operation effect in parallel, the operation of the first operation button 22 is performed by the notification operation effect and the special operation effect or the single-shot operation effect. Reflect in the operation effect. As a result, one operation of the operation means can be reflected in the notification operation effect process and the special operation effect process or the single-shot operation effect, and both effect results can be shown to the player. When the special operation effect is executed, the MPU 51 reflects the subsequent operation of the operation button 22 in the special operation effect.

[Notification effect control process]
Here, an example of the procedure of the notification effect control process executed by the MPU 51 in step S3433 will be described with reference to FIG. 49.

<Step S3501>
First, in step S3501, it is determined whether or not the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is executed in parallel with the notification operation effect. That is, in step S3501, it is determined whether or not the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect, which has a higher priority than the notification operation effect, is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not any of the single-shot effect flag 512 g, the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long-press effect flag 512i, and the rhythm effect flag 512C is on. Here, when it is determined that the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is executed (S3501: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3502, and it is determined that the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are not executed. Then (S3501: No), the process proceeds to step S3511.

By the way, when the single-shot operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the image F1 suggesting the single-shot operation effect during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 70A). And the image F2 suggesting the execution of the notification operation effect is displayed (see FIGS. 70 (B) and 70 (C)). Conventionally, in such a case, a process of displaying a predetermined message or the like with a predetermined probability as a result of the notification operation effect and a process of displaying the result of a big hit lottery as a result of the one-shot operation effect are performed. It is executed individually. That is, the display results of the notification operation effect and the one-shot operation effect may not be linked in content. The same applies not only when the single-shot operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, but also when the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel. On the other hand, as described below, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the display result of the notification operation effect and the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is displayed in a content-linked manner. There is.

<Step S3502>
In step S3502, in the notification effect control process, a response notification display that displays the content of the notification linked to the effect result of the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect, such as the first response notification display or the second response notification display described later. Decide whether to execute. For example, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the corresponding notification display with a predetermined probability according to a predetermined random number value updated at a predetermined timing. Then, when it is determined that the correspondence notification display is to be executed (S3502: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3503, and when it is determined not to execute the correspondence notification display (S3502: No), the process proceeds to step S3511. As a result, even when the notification operation effect and the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect are executed in one game, there are cases where the corresponding notification display is executed and cases where the corresponding notification display is not executed, and there is a variety of effects. Is realized, so that the degree of attention to the game can be increased. The same content as the second correspondence notification display may be displayed in the normal notification display described later.

<Step S3503>
In step S3503, it is determined whether or not the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot for this game. Specifically, the presence or absence of a jackpot is determined based on the fluctuation type indicated by the fluctuation pattern command. Here, if it is determined that it is a big hit (S3503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3504, and if it is determined that it is not a big hit (S3503: No), the process proceeds to step S3505.

<Step S3511>
In step S3511, among the plurality of notification result images stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the notification operation effect, the notification result image corresponding to the notification content set in step S3004 or step S3209 is selected, and the notification result image is selected. A display command indicating the notification result image is transmitted to the display control device 6, and a normal notification display to be displayed on the symbol display unit 341 is executed (see FIG. 69 (C) or FIG. 69 (D)).

<Step S3504>
In step S3504, among the plurality of notification result images stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the notification operation effect, a predetermined first corresponding notification image is selected in response to the case where the result of the big hit lottery is a big hit. Then, a display command indicating the first correspondence notification image is transmitted to the display control device 6 to be displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, even if the notification content is set in step S3004 or step S3209, the result of the jackpot lottery is replaced with the notification result image corresponding to the notification content. The first correspondence notification image corresponding to is displayed. The first correspondence notification image is a message that can suggest a big hit to the player, such as "I did it!" Or "Confirmed!" (FIGS. 70 (D) and 70 (E). )reference).

<Step S3505>
On the other hand, in step S3505, among the plurality of notification result images stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the notification operation effect, a second corresponding notification image determined in advance corresponding to the case where the result of the jackpot lottery is out of order. Is selected, and a display command indicating the second corresponding notification image is transmitted to the display control device 6 to be displayed on the symbol display unit 341. That is, in the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, even if the notification content is set in step S3004 or step S3209, the result of the jackpot lottery is replaced with the notification result image corresponding to the notification content. The second correspondence notification image corresponding to is displayed. The second correspondence notification image is a message for suppressing a decrease in expectation, such as "Don't give up!" Or "Still more!" (FIG. 70 (F)). After that, when the symbol variation display of the symbol variation display unit 343 is completed, the result of the jackpot lottery is displayed (FIG. 70 (G)). Thereby, for example, the decrease in the degree of attention of the player to the game due to the display of the result image of the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect can be suppressed by the notification content in the notification operation effect.

According to the game machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the operation button 22 is operated. The effect result of the operation effect is displayed, and the effect result of the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is displayed. That is, the effect results of the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are displayed almost at the same time according to the operation of the operation button 22. Further, the content of the notification in the notification operation effect may be changed according to the result of the big hit lottery, and the content of the result display of the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect and the result display of the notification operation effect May be linked. For example, when the result of the big hit lottery is a big hit, it is suggested that the big hit is won by both the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect and the notification operation effect. As a result, for example, it is possible to enhance the sense of accomplishment of the player at the time of a big hit and enhance the interest of the game. Further, even if the result of the jackpot lottery suggested by the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is out of order, the decrease in expectation is suppressed by the notification operation effect, so that the player pays attention to the game, for example. It is possible to suppress the decrease in degree.

On the other hand, when the rhythm operation effect processing, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect process and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, when the operation button 22 is operated, the notification operation is performed. The notification result image in the production is displayed. Then, the rhythm operation effect processing, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect process is continuously executed even after the notification result image in the notification operation effect is displayed. At this time, the content of the notification in the notification operation effect may be changed according to the result of the jackpot lottery, and the rhythm operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect process and the notification operation effect. The result display may be linked in content. For example, when the result of the big hit lottery is a big hit, after the notification operation effect suggests that the big hit is won, the rhythm operation effect process, the continuous hit operation effect process, or the long press operation effect Processing may be performed. As a result, for example, it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player to the game and enhance the interest of the game.

[Rhythm operation production processing]
Next, an example of the procedure of the rhythm operation effect processing will be described with reference to FIG. 50. In the rhythm operation effect processing, the MPU 51 executes a process for displaying the rhythm operation effect on the symbol display unit 341. The ROM 611 of the display control device 6 has a plurality of types of a rhythm operation notice image, a rhythm operation video, a rhythm operation effect image, a rhythm operation result image, and an effect end image displayed on the symbol display unit 341 in the rhythm operation effect. It is remembered.

<Step S3601>
In step S3601, it is determined whether or not to execute the rhythm operation effect. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not to execute the rhythm operation effect based on the rhythm effect flag 512C. Here, when the rhythm operation effect is executed (S3601: Yes), the process shifts to step S3602, and when the rhythm operation effect is not executed (S3601: No), the rhythm operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S3602>
In step S3602, it is determined whether or not the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has arrived. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the start waiting time from the start of the variable display on the symbol display unit 341 to the start of the rhythm operation effect for each type of the rhythm operation effect. Then, in step S3602, it is determined that the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has arrived when the start standby time corresponding to the type of the rhythm operation effect has elapsed since the start of the variation display on the symbol display unit 341. .. Here, when the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has arrived (S3602: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3603, and when the start timing of the rhythm operation effect has not arrived (S3602: No). , The rhythm operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S3603>
In step S3603, it is determined whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect has been started, depending on whether or not the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is on. The rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is a flag indicating whether or not the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 has been started, and is set to be on in step S3608 described later and turned off in step S3618. Here, if the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is on (S3603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3609, and if the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is not on (S3603: No), the process proceeds to step S3604. To do.

<Steps S3604 to S3605>
In step S3604, it is determined whether or not the rhythm operation notice image for transmitting the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 corresponding to the type of the rhythm operation effect is already displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Here, if the rhythm operation notice image is not displayed (S3604: No), in the following step S3605, the rhythm operation notice image corresponding to the type of the rhythm operation effect is displayed on the symbol display unit 341.

For example, as the rhythm operation notice image, a notification such as "Please operate the button according to the rhythm" is displayed. Instead of displaying the rhythm operation notice image, or together with displaying the rhythm operation notice image, it is also conceivable to notify the operation purpose or operation method of the operation button 22 by voice through the speaker 26. On the other hand, when the rhythm operation notice image is already displayed (S3604: Yes), the process skips step S3605 and proceeds to step S3606.

<Step S3606>
In step S3606, it is determined whether or not the advance notice duration time set in advance for each rhythm operation notice image and stored in the ROM 511 has elapsed. The advance notice duration is a waiting time set in advance as a time during which the player can recognize the content of the rhythm operation advance notice image after the display of the rhythm operation advance notice image. The advance notice duration may be a common time for a plurality of effect contents or a plurality of rhythm operation advance notice images. Here, if the advance notice continuation time corresponding to the rhythm operation advance notice image has elapsed (S3606: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3607, and if the advance notice continuation time has not elapsed (S3606: Yes). No), the rhythm operation effect processing is terminated.

<Step S3607>
In step S3607, an output command of a rhythm operation moving image for indicating the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is transmitted to the display control device 6, and the rhythm operation moving image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Further, in step S3607, the MPU 51 starts outputting the rhythm voice corresponding to the rhythm operation moving image by using the speaker 26. As a result, the player can recognize the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect from the rhythm operation moving image and the rhythm voice.

<Step S3608>
Then, in step S3608, in order to start accepting the operation of the operation button 22, the rhythm acceptance start flag 512n4 is set to ON. As a result, when the rhythm operation effect is executed next time, the process shifts to step S3609 in step S3603. The rhythm reception start flag 512n4 is set to off in step S3618 described later.

<Step S3609>
In step S3609, it is determined whether or not the production time of the rhythm operation production has elapsed. Specifically, the ROM 511 stores the effect time for each type of the rhythm operation effect, and the MPU 51 stores the effect time based on the timer value at which the count starts after the display of the rhythm operation movie starts. Judge whether or not has passed. Here, if it is determined that the effect time has elapsed (S3609: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3619, and if the effect time has not elapsed (S3609: No), the process proceeds to step S3610. ..

<Step S3610>
In step S3610, it is determined whether or not it is within the effective operation period in the rhythm operation effect. For example, in the ROM 511, a period including a predetermined time before and after one or a plurality of optimum operation timings is preset as the effective operation period for each type of the rhythm operation effect. Then, the MPU 51 determines whether or not it is the effective operation period based on the timer value that starts at the start of displaying the rhythm operation moving image. The step S3609 may be another method as long as it can be determined whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted as an operation in the rhythm operation effect. Here, if it is within the operation valid period (S3610: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3611, and if it is not within the operation valid period (S3610: No), the rhythm operation effect processing ends.

<Step S3611>
In step S3611, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect is executed in parallel. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single-shot operation effect is on. Here, if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is executed (S3611: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3613, and if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is not executed (S3611: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S3612. That is, the content of the rhythm operation effect is changed depending on whether or not the one-shot operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel.

<Step S3612>
More specifically, when the rhythm operation effect and the one-shot operation effect are not executed in parallel in one game, it is determined in step S3612 whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the operation of the operation button 22 is started depending on whether or not the second pattern flag 512e is on. Here, if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has started (S3612: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3614, and if it is determined that the operation of the operation button 22 has not started (S3612: No), the rhythm operation is performed. End the production process. The MPU 51 accepts the operation of the operation button 22 only once for each effective operation period. For example, the start flag is reset to off at the start of the valid operation period, the start flag is set to on in response to the operation of the operation button 22, and when the start flag is on, the rhythm operation is performed in step S3610. It is conceivable that the production process will be completed.

<Step S3613>
On the other hand, when the rhythm operation effect and the one-shot operation effect are executed in parallel in one game, it is determined in step S3613 whether or not the current time is the optimum operation timing in the operation valid period. To do. Specifically, the optimum operation timing is predetermined as the timing at which the point value to be added to the rhythm counter becomes the largest when the operation button 22 is operated at that time. For example, the optimum operation timing is an intermediate time point during the operation validity period. Here, if it is determined that the current time is the optimum operation timing (S3613: Yes), the process shifts to step S3614, and if it is determined that the current time is not the optimum operation timing (S3613: No), the rhythm operation effect processing is performed. To finish. That is, the MPU 51 is preset so that the operation of the operation button 22 is reflected in the one-shot operation effect processing having a relatively high priority, and the operation of the operation button 22 is not accompanied by the rhythm operation effect processing having a relatively low priority. Reflect the pseudo-rhythm operation performed. The combination of the single-shot operation effect and the rhythm operation effect is not limited to the method using the priority, and the single-shot operation effect is preset as an effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22. Can also be considered as another embodiment.

<Step S3614>
Then, in step S3614, the point value corresponding to the difference between the current time and the optimum operation timing is added to the rhythm counter 512E. For example, the closer the operation timing of the operation button 22 is to the optimum operation timing, the higher the point value is added. The current time and the optimum operation timing are determined by the elapsed time from the start of displaying the rhythm operation moving image.

As a result, when the one-shot operation effect is not executed, the point value, which is higher as the current operation timing (S3612: Yes) of the operation button 22 is closer to the optimum operation timing, is added to the rhythm counter 512E. On the other hand, when the one-shot operation effect is executed, step S3614 is automatically executed at the optimum operation timing (S3613: Yes) without the operation of the operation button 22, so that the highest point value is obtained. Will be added to the rhythm counter 512E.

As described above, in the game machine 10, when the single-shot operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel, it is assumed that the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is performed at the optimum timing. The rhythm operation effect is executed. As a result, the player is not disadvantageously treated in the rhythm operation effect even if the operation button 22 is not operated, so that the player can freely determine only the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect. It is possible to enhance the interest of the game and improve the player's motivation to play.

By the way, as described above, when the one-shot operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel, it is not known that the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is automatically performed at the optimum timing. The player must operate at the first operation timing of the rhythm operation effect, and may think that the operation cannot be performed at any timing. Therefore, the MPU 51 transmits a display command to the display control device 6 between the step S3609 and the step S3610, and causes the symbol display unit 341 to display that the operation is automatically performed in the rhythm operation effect. Can be considered. For example, it is conceivable that a message such as "Rhythm auto operation in progress" is displayed, or an image of the operation button 22 and an image of the character operating the operation button 22 are displayed. As a result, the player can recognize that the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is automatically performed at the optimum timing, and can concentrate on the operation of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect.

<Step S3615>
In step S3615, a display command is transmitted to the display control device 6, and a rhythm operation effect image corresponding to the operation of the operation button 22 is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. For example, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of rhythm operation effect images whose contents change as the value of the rhythm counter 512E increases, and in step S3615, the rhythm operation effect image corresponding to the value of the rhythm counter 512E is stored. It is read and displayed.

Specifically, when the rhythm operation effect is an effect of opening the door in response to the rhythm operation of the operation button 22, an image of the door gradually opening is displayed on the symbol display unit 341, and the rhythm of the operation button 22 is displayed. In the case of an effect of destroying an object according to an operation, an image in which the object is gradually destroyed is displayed on the symbol display unit 341. Further, regardless of the rhythm counter 512E, the rhythm operation effect image corresponding to each point value is stored in the ROM 611, and the rhythm operation effect image is stored according to the point value corresponding to each operation of the operation button 22. It may be displayed. For example, when the point value is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value, the first action of the enemy character or the like is executed, and when the point value is less than the predetermined threshold value, the second action of being attacked by the enemy character or the like is executed. A display example that is executed can be considered.

Further, in step S3615, the MPU 51 outputs an effect sound corresponding to the display of the rhythm operation effect image from the speaker 26, and lights the illumination unit 27 in a lighting mode corresponding to the display of the rhythm operation effect image. For example, it is conceivable that the speaker 26 reproduces a sound effect that gradually opens the door, a sound that destroys an object, and the like, and the volume at that time also gradually increases. Further, it is conceivable that the number of lights of the illumination unit 27 gradually increases and the brightness of the illumination unit 27 gradually increases as the rhythm counter increases. As a result, in the rhythm operation effect, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. The voice lamp control device 5 outputs a sound effect corresponding to the rhythm operation of the operation button 22 from the speaker 26 for each operation of the operation button 22, together with the effect sound corresponding to the display of the rhythm operation effect image. As a result, the player can obtain the feeling that the rhythm operation of the operation button 22 is being accepted by the sound effect.

<Step S3616>
Next, in step S3616, it is determined whether or not the rhythm counter 512E has reached the third specified value or more. The third specified value is a value set in step S3002 or step S3206. Here, when the rhythm counter 512E is equal to or higher than the third specified value (S3616: Yes), the process proceeds to step S3617, and when the rhythm counter 512E is not equal to or higher than the third specified value (S3616: No), The rhythm operation effect process ends.

<Step S3617>
Then, in step S3617, the rhythm operation result image is displayed on the symbol display unit 341 as a result of the rhythm operation of the operation button 22. Specifically, the ROM 611 stores a plurality of rhythm operation result images corresponding to each type of the rhythm operation effect. Then, in step S3617, among the plurality of rhythm operation result images corresponding to the rhythm operation effect, the rhythm operation result image selected according to the information on the presence or absence of the jackpot occurrence included in the fluctuation pattern command is displayed. The display command of is transmitted to the display control device 6.

For example, a rhythm operation result image including the characters "success!" And a rhythm operation result image including the characters "failure!" Are stored in the ROM 611 corresponding to the rhythm operation effect, and the variable pattern command is hit. The rhythm operation result image including the characters "success!" Is displayed when the information with occurrence is included, and the character "failure!" Is included when the fluctuation pattern command includes information without jackpot occurrence. It is conceivable to display the rhythm operation result image. Further, the rhythm operation result image is not limited to an image showing the presence or absence of a jackpot occurrence, and may be, for example, an image such as a notification or a character for suggesting the degree of expectation of a jackpot occurrence.

Further, in step S3617, the MPU 51 outputs an effect sound corresponding to the rhythm operation result image from the speaker 26, and lights the illumination unit 27 in a lighting mode corresponding to the rhythm operation result image. As a result, in the rhythm operation effect, the effect is enhanced by the effect sound and the lighting mode. Further, when the game machine 10 is provided with a vibrating means such as a vibrating motor or a piezoelectric element for vibrating the operation button 22, the MPU 51 displays the rhythm operation result image and controls the vibrating means in step S3617. It is also conceivable to vibrate the operation button 22 to indicate that a jackpot has occurred or that the expectation of a jackpot is high.

As described above, in the rhythm operation effect, the rhythm operation of the operation button 22 by the player is reflected in the content of the effect display, and the presence or absence of the jackpot and the expected degree of the jackpot can be conveyed to the player by the effect display. Therefore, in the case of a big hit, the player can be given a feeling that the big hit is assigned by his / her own operation, and the player's motivation to operate can be improved.

<Step S3618>
After that, in step S3618, the rhythm effect flag 512C and the rhythm reception start flag 512n4 used in the rhythm operation effect process are turned off, the rhythm counter 512E is cleared to 0, and the rhythm operation effect process is terminated.

<Step S3619>
When it is determined in step S3609 that the effect time of the rhythm operation effect has elapsed (S3609: Yes), in the following step S3619, the MPU 51 displays an effect end image indicating the end of the rhythm operation effect on the symbol display unit. Displayed on 341. It is also possible to make the player recognize the end of the rhythm operation effect by lowering the display brightness of the symbol display unit 341 or erasing the display related to the rhythm operation effect instead of displaying the effect end image. Conceivable. Further, in step S3619, the MPU 51 stops the reproduction of the effect sound for the rhythm operation effect by the speaker 26, and ends the lighting mode for the rhythm operation effect by the illumination unit 27.

[Other examples of continuous hit operation effect processing]
Subsequently, another example of the procedure of the continuous striking operation effect processing (see FIG. 17) will be described with reference to FIG. 51. Specifically, in the continuous striking operation effect process shown in FIG. 51, when it is determined that the operation is within the valid period (S1509: Yes), the process shifts to step S3701.

<Step S3701>
In step S3701, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect is executed in parallel. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single-shot operation effect, which is the single-shot operation effect, is on. Here, if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is executed (S3701: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1511, and if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is not executed (S3701: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1510. That is, the MPU 51 changes the content of the continuous striking operation effect depending on whether or not the single-shot operation effect and the continuous striking operation effect are executed in parallel.

More specifically, when the one-shot operation effect is executed (S3701: Yes), step S1511 is automatically executed without the operation of the operation button 22, and the continuous hit counter 512k is added. Become. That is, the MPU 51 is preset so that the operation of the operation button 22 is reflected in the single-shot operation effect processing having a relatively high priority, and the operation of the operation button 22 is not accompanied by the continuous striking operation effect processing having a relatively low priority. Reflect the pseudo-continuous hitting operation. Further, the combination of the single-shot operation effect and the continuous hit operation effect is not limited to the method using the priority, and the single-shot operation effect is preset as an effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22. Can also be considered as another embodiment. When it is determined in step S3701 that the single-shot operation effect is executed, the step S1511 is executed and the continuous hit counter 512k is executed every time the continuous hit operation effect process is executed a predetermined number of times. It may be added.

As described above, in the game machine 10, when the single-shot operation effect and the continuous striking operation effect are executed in parallel, the continuous striking operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous striking operation effect is automatically performed. Is processed as. As a result, the player recognizes that the player will not be treated unfavorably in the continuous striking operation effect even if the operation button 22 is not operated, and can freely determine only the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect. It is possible to enhance the interest of the game and improve the player's motivation to play.

For example, when the continuous striking operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the image F3 suggesting the continuous striking operation effect during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 71 (A)). And the image F2 suggesting the execution of the notification operation effect is displayed (see FIGS. 71 (B) and 71 (C)). Then, when the operation button 22 is operated, a message such as "chance!" Can suggest to the player whether the possibility of a big hit is high or low (see FIG. 71 (D)). Further, the operation of the operation button 22 is accepted as a continuous striking operation in the continuous striking operation effect (see FIG. 71 (D)). After that, the continuous striking operation effect is continuously executed (see FIG. 71 (E)), and the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect is displayed (see FIGS. 71 (F) and 71 (G)).

By the way, as described above, when the single-shot operation effect and the continuous hit operation effect are executed in parallel, the player who does not know that the operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect is automatically performed is performed. Regarding the one-shot operation effect, it may be considered that the operation button 22 cannot be operated at a free timing. Therefore, it is conceivable that the MPU 51 causes the symbol display unit 341 to indicate that the operation is automatically performed in the continuous striking operation effect between the Yes side of the step S3701 and the step S1510. For example, it is conceivable that a message such as "continuous hitting auto operation in progress" is displayed, or an image of the operation button 22 and an image of the character operating the operation button 22 are displayed. As a result, the player can recognize that the operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous striking operation effect is automatically performed, and can concentrate on the operation of the operation button 22 in the single-shot operation effect.

[Other examples of long press operation effect processing]
Subsequently, another example of the procedure of the long press operation effect processing (see FIG. 18) will be described with reference to FIG. 52. Specifically, in the long press operation effect process shown in FIG. 52, when it is determined that the operation is within the valid period (S1611: Yes), the process shifts to step S3801.

<Step S3801>
In step S3801, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect is executed in parallel. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single-shot operation effect is on. Here, if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is executed (S3801: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1615, and if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is not executed (S3801: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1612. That is, the content of the long-press operation effect is changed depending on whether or not the single-shot operation effect and the long-press operation effect are executed in parallel.

More specifically, when the one-shot operation effect is executed, step S1615 is automatically executed without the operation of the operation button 22, and the long press counter 512m is added. That is, the MPU 51 reflects the operation of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect processing having a relatively high priority, and does not involve the operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect processing having a relatively low priority in advance. Reflect the set pseudo long press operation. The combination of the single-shot operation effect and the long-press effect is not limited to the method using the priority, and the single-shot operation effect is preset as an effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22. Can also be considered as another embodiment.

As described above, in the game machine 10, when the single-shot operation effect and the long-press operation effect are executed in parallel, the long-press operation of the operation button 22 in the long-press operation effect is automatically performed. It is treated as if it were. As a result, the player recognizes that the long press operation effect is not disadvantageously treated even if the operation button 22 is not operated, and can freely determine only the operation timing of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect. It is possible to enhance the interest of the game and improve the player's motivation to play.

By the way, as described above, when the single-shot operation effect and the long-press operation effect are executed in parallel, it is not known that the operation of the operation button 22 in the long-press operation effect is automatically performed at the timing. The player may think that the operation button 22 cannot be operated at a free timing for the one-shot operation effect. Therefore, it is conceivable that the MPU 51 causes the symbol display unit 341 to indicate that the operation is automatically performed in the long press operation effect between the Yes side of the step S3801 and the step S1511. For example, it is conceivable that a message such as "long press auto operation in progress" is displayed, or an image of the operation button 22 and an image of the character operating the operation button 22 are displayed. As a result, the player can recognize that the operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect is automatically performed, and can concentrate on the operation of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect.

Further, when a plurality of the operation effects are executed in parallel, it is conceivable that images of the plurality of operation buttons are displayed on the symbol display unit 343 along with the execution of the plurality of the operation effects. On the other hand, in the game machine 10, it is conceivable that the positions of the images of the operation buttons displayed by the MPU 61 are common in various operation effects. As a result, even when a plurality of the operation effects are performed in parallel, the images of the operation buttons are displayed in an overlapping manner. Further, a button display flag for recording the presence / absence of an image display of the operation button on the symbol display unit 343 is provided in the RAM 512, and the MPU 51 determines whether or not the operation button image is displayed in various operation effects. It is conceivable that the button display flag is set to on or off, and the image of the operation button is not displayed when the button display flag is already on.

Further, when the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, the effect end image may be displayed individually for the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect. Therefore, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the one-shot operation effect is executed in the display step (for example, steps S1516, S1620, S3619, etc.) for displaying the effect end image in the special operation effect. When the one-shot operation effect is executed, it is conceivable to skip the display step of the effect end image. As a result, when the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, it is possible to prevent the effect end images from being displayed individually for the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect.

[21st Embodiment]
As described in the twentieth embodiment, when the one-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, it is assumed that the optimum operation is automatically performed for the special operation effect. It is conceivable that the process will proceed. However, in this case, the effect result of the special operation effect may be displayed before the user operation of the operation button 22 in the one-shot operation effect is accepted. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the one-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, the configuration in which the effect result is displayed by the user operation of the operation button 22 will be described.

[Step S3901]
Here, FIG. 53 is a flowchart for explaining another example of the rhythm operation effect processing (see FIG. 50). As shown in FIG. 53, when it is determined in step S3616 that the rhythm counter 512E is equal to or higher than the third specified value, in the following step S3901, whether or not the one-shot operation effect is executed in parallel is determined. to decide. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating the presence or absence of the single-shot operation effect is on. It should be noted that the fact that the rhythm counter 512E reaches the third specified value or more is an example of the display condition of the effect result in the rhythm operation effect process.

Here, when it is determined that the one-shot operation effect is executed (S3901: Yes), the rhythm operation effect process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the one-shot operation effect is not executed (S3901: No), the process proceeds to step S3617. That is, when the one-shot operation effect and the rhythm operation effect are executed in parallel, the rhythm operation result image according to the step S3617 even when the rhythm counter 512E reaches the third specified value or more. Is not displayed. Therefore, the effect result is not displayed before the user operates the operation button 22, and the effect result of the one-shot operation effect is displayed by the user operation of the operation button 22, so that the interest of the game is enhanced. It is possible to increase the user's motivation to operate. When the single-shot operation effect is completed by the operation of the operation button 22, the single-shot effect flag 512g is set to off. Therefore, it is determined in step S3901 that the single-shot operation effect is not executed, and the rhythm operation effect is performed. The production result will be displayed.

Further, although the rhythm operation effect processing has been described here as an example, the same applies to the continuous striking operation effect process and the long press operation effect process.

That is, as shown in FIG. 54, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, if it is determined in step S1513 that the continuous striking counter 512k is equal to or greater than the first specified value, in the subsequent step S4001, the single stroke operation effect is performed in parallel. When it is determined whether or not the single-shot operation effect is to be executed (S4001: Yes), the continuous hit operation effect process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the one-shot operation effect is not executed (S4001: No), the process proceeds to step S1514. That is, when the single-shot operation effect and the continuous hit operation effect are executed in parallel, even if the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more, the continuous hit operation result image according to the step S1514. Is not displayed. On the other hand, when the single-shot operation effect is completed by the operation of the operation button 22, since the single-shot effect flag 512g is set to off, it is determined in step S4001 that the single-shot operation effect is not executed, and the continuous hit operation effect is performed. The production result will be displayed. It should be noted that the continuous striking counter 512k reaching the first specified value or more is an example of the display condition of the effect result in the continuous striking operation effect process.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 55, in the long press operation effect process, if it is determined in step S1617 that the long press counter 512 m is equal to or greater than the second specified value, in the subsequent step S4101, the single operation effect is produced. Is determined in parallel, and when it is determined that the one-shot operation effect is executed (S4101: Yes), the long press operation effect process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the one-shot operation effect is not executed (S4101: No), the process proceeds to step S1618. That is, when the single-shot operation effect and the long-press operation effect are executed in parallel, even if the long-press counter 512m reaches the second specified value or more, the long-press in step S1618 The operation result image is not displayed. On the other hand, when the single-shot operation effect is completed by the operation of the operation button 22, since the single-shot effect flag 512g is set to off, it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is not executed in step S4101, and the long-press operation effect is performed. The production result of is displayed. It should be noted that the fact that the long press counter 512 m reaches the second specified value or more is an example of the display condition of the effect result in the long press operation effect process.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, when the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel, the special operation effect before accepting the user operation of the operation button 22 in the single-shot operation effect is special. The effect result of the operation effect is not displayed, and the effect result can be displayed by the user operation of the operation button 22.

When the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are executed in parallel and the display timing of the effect result by the special operation effect arrives, the MPU 51 does not display the effect result. It is also conceivable to reset the continuous hitting effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, or the rhythm effect effect flag 512C to off to end the special operation effect. As a result, the special operation effect ends after a certain amount of time has elapsed, so that, for example, the operation sound of the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect or the long press operation effect continues until the operation valid period elapses. It is prevented that the sound continues until the end of the one-shot operation effect.

[22nd Embodiment]
In the twentieth embodiment, when the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the notification operation effect is performed in the subsequent step S3433 in response to the operation of the first operation button 22 (S3432: Yes). The case where various notification displays are executed in. On the other hand, when the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the timing of displaying the effect result image in the special operation effect, that is, the last time until the effect result image is displayed. It is conceivable that various notification displays in the notification operation effect are executed when the operation button 22 is operated.

Here, FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing another example of the notification operation effect processing, and FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing another example of the rhythm operation effect process.

[Other examples of notification operation effect processing]
As shown in FIG. 56, when the operation is within the valid period (S3431: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4200.

<Step S4200>
In step S4200, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect is executed. Specifically, the continuous striking effect flag 512h indicating whether or not the continuous striking operation effect is executed, the long press effect flag 512i indicating whether or not the long press operation effect is executed, and the rhythm effect flag indicating whether or not the rhythm operation effect is executed. Determine if any of 512C is on.

Here, when it is determined that the special operation effect is executed (S4200: Yes), the notification operation effect process is terminated, and when it is determined that the special operation effect is not executed (S4200: No), the process is performed. Goes to step S3432. That is, when the notification operation effect is executed in parallel with the special operation effect, the notification content in the notification operation effect process is displayed even when the operation button 22 is operated. The effect control process (S3433) is not executed.

On the other hand, when the special operation effect is completed, the continuous hit effect flag 512h, the long press effect flag 512i, the rhythm effect flag 512C, etc. are set to off, so that the special operation effect is executed in step S4200. It is determined that the notification operation is not performed, and the effect result of the notification operation effect is displayed. As a result, various notification displays in the notification operation effect are executed at the time of the last operation of the operation button 22 until the effect result image in the special operation effect is displayed.

[Other examples of rhythm operation production processing]
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 57, in the rhythm operation effect processing, when the rhythm counter 512E reaches the third specified value or more (S3616: Yes), the single operation effect is not executed (S36901: 1). No), the process proceeds to step S4201.

<Step S4201>
In step S4201, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the notification effect flag 512D indicating the presence or absence of the notification operation effect is on. Here, if it is determined that the notification operation effect is executed (S4201: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4202, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S4201: No), the process proceeds. The process proceeds to step S3617.

<Steps S4202 to S4203>
In step S4202, the notification effect control process (see FIG. 49) is executed. That is, when the rhythm operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the rhythm counter 512E is operated at the time of the last operation button 22 before the effect result in the rhythm operation effect is displayed. When the third specified value is reached, the notification display in the notification operation effect is executed. After the notification effect control process is completed, various flags used in the notification operation effect process are set to off in step S4203, as in step S3434.

Therefore, the result display of the rhythm operation effect and the result display of the notification operation effect, which are individually executed, can be linked in content, and the game can be added to the interest. For example, if the result of the notification operation effect is displayed before the result display of the rhythm operation effect, the lottery result of the game times becomes clear, and the operation motivation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect may decrease. There is. On the other hand, according to the 22nd embodiment, the result display of the notification operation effect is not executed before the result display of the rhythm operation effect, so that the result of the rhythm operation effect is not suggested to the user. , It is possible to prevent a decrease in operation motivation in the rhythm operation effect.

[Other examples of continuous hit operation effect processing]
Further, the same applies not only to the rhythm operation effect processing but also to the continuous striking operation effect process. Specifically, FIG. 58 is a flowchart showing another example of the continuous striking operation effect processing. As shown in FIG. 58, when the continuous hit counter 512k reaches the first specified value or more (1513: Yes) and the single-shot operation effect is not executed (S4101: No), the process proceeds to step S4301. Transition.

<Step S4301>
Then, in step S4301, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the notification effect flag 512D indicating the presence or absence of the notification operation effect is on. Here, if it is determined that the notification operation effect is executed (S4301: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4302, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S4302: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1514.

<Steps S4302 to S4303>
In step S4302, the notification effect control process (see FIG. 49) is executed. That is, when the continuous striking operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the notification operation effect is performed when the last operation button 22 is operated before the effect result in the continuous striking operation effect is displayed. The notification display will be executed. After the notification effect control process is completed, in step S4303, various flags used in the notification operation effect process are set to off, as in step S3434.

Therefore, it is possible to link the result display of the continuous striking operation effect and the result display of the notification operation effect individually executed, and it is possible to add interest to the game. For example, if the result of the notification operation effect is displayed before the result display of the continuous hit operation effect, the lottery result of the game times becomes clear, and the operation motivation of the operation button 22 in the continuous hit operation effect may decrease. There is. On the other hand, according to the 22nd embodiment, the result display of the notification operation effect is not executed before the result display of the continuous hit operation effect, so that the result of the continuous hit operation effect is not suggested to the user. , It is possible to prevent a decrease in operation motivation in the continuous striking operation effect.

[Other examples of long press operation effect processing]
Further, the same applies not only to the rhythm operation effect processing but also to the long press operation effect process. Specifically, FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing another example of the long press operation effect processing. As shown in FIG. 59, when the long press counter 512m reaches the second specified value or more (1617: Yes) and the one-shot operation effect is not executed (S4101: No), the process is step S4401. Move to.

<Step S4401>
Then, in step S4401, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the notification effect flag 512D indicating the presence or absence of the notification operation effect is on. Here, if it is determined that the notification operation effect is executed (S4401: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4402, and if it is determined that the notification operation effect is not executed (S4402: No), the process is performed. The process proceeds to step S1618.

<Steps S4402 to S4403>
In step S4402, the notification effect control process (see FIG. 49) is executed. That is, when the long-press operation effect and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel, the notification display in the notification operation effect is executed immediately before the effect result in the long-press operation effect is displayed. It will be. After the notification effect control process is completed, various flags used in the notification operation effect process are set to off in step S4403, as in step S3434.

Therefore, it is possible to link the result display of the long press operation effect and the result display of the notification operation effect individually executed, and it is possible to add interest to the game. For example, if the result of the notification operation effect is displayed before the result display of the long press operation effect, the lottery result of the game times becomes clear, and the operation motivation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect is reduced. There is a risk of On the other hand, according to the 22nd embodiment, the result display of the notification operation effect is not executed before the result display of the long press operation effect, so that the result of the long press operation effect is suggested to the user. However, it is possible to prevent a decrease in operation motivation in the long press operation effect.

[23rd Embodiment]
In the twentieth embodiment to the 22nd embodiment, a case where any one of the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed in parallel has been described. On the other hand, in the game machine 10, it is conceivable that the single-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are controlled so as not to be executed in parallel. However, even in this case, it is important for the game machine 10 to increase the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game to improve the player's motivation to play the game. Therefore, in the present embodiment, while realizing a configuration in which the single-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are not executed in parallel with as simple a process as possible, the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game are increased. The configuration capable of improving the player's motivation to play will be described.

Here, FIG. 60 is a flowchart showing another example of the one-shot operation effect lottery process (S3203), FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing another example of the special operation effect lottery process (S3206), and FIG. It is a flowchart which shows another example of the announcement operation effect lottery process (S3209).

[Single operation production lottery process]
First, another example of the one-shot operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG. 60.

<Step S4501>
In step S4501, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect is already set to present. Specifically, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not either the single-shot effect flag 512 g or the exception single-shot effect flag 512F indicating whether or not the single-shot operation effect is executed (on: yes, off: none) is on. Will be done. The exception single-shot effect flag 512F is set to on in step S4506 described later, and is set to off in step S1417. Here, if it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is set to be present (S4501: Yes), it is determined that the single-shot operation effect lottery process is completed and the single-shot operation effect is set to be absent. And (S4501: No), the process proceeds to step S4502.

<Step S4502>
In step S4502, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect is executed. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the single-shot operation effect is executed based on the single-shot operation effect table 511C (see FIG. 47 (A)) and the additional effect counter 512B. As a result, a lottery process is realized in which the presence or absence of execution of the one-shot operation effect is selected with a predetermined probability.

<Step S4503>
In step S4503, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect is determined to be present in step S4502. Then, when it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is present (S4503: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4504, and when it is determined that the single-shot operation effect is not set (S4503: No), The one-shot operation effect lottery process ends.

<Step S4504>
In step S4504, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect or the notification operation effect is set to be present. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the special operation effect includes the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect. Therefore, in step S4504, the continuous striking effect flag 512h, which indicates whether or not each of the continuous striking operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect is executed (on: yes, off: none), is long. It is determined whether or not any of the push effect flag 512i, the rhythm effect flag 512C, the notification effect flag 512D, the exception continuous hit effect flag 512G, the exception long press effect flag 512H, and the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on.

The exception continuous hitting effect flag 512G is set to on in step S4606 described later, and is set to off in step S1515. The exception long press effect flag 512H is set to on in step S4606 described later, and is set to off in step S1619. The special rhythm effect flag 512J is set to on in step S3618 and turned off in step S3618.

Here, if it is determined that the special operation effect or the notification operation effect is set to Yes (S4504: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4506, and the special operation effect and the notification operation effect are omitted. If it is determined that the setting is made (S4504: No), the process proceeds to step S4505.

<Step S4505>
In step S4505, the single-shot operation setting process for executing the single-shot operation effect is executed. Specifically, in the single-shot operation setting process, the single-shot effect flag 512g is set to on, as in step S1305, and the single-shot operation result corresponding to the current single-shot operation effect is determined.

<Step S4506>
In step S4506, the exception single-shot operation setting process for executing the single-shot operation effect is executed. Specifically, in the exception single-shot operation setting process, the exception single-shot effect flag 512F is set on instead of the single-shot effect flag 512g, and the single-shot operation result corresponding to the current single-shot operation effect is determined in the same manner as in step S1305. To do.

[Special operation production lottery process]
Next, the special operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG. 61.

<Step S4601>
In step S4601, it is determined whether or not the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is already set to exist. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the single-shot effect flag 512g indicating whether or not each of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long-press operation effect, and the rhythm operation effect is executed (on: yes, off: none). , Continuous hitting effect flag 512h, Long press effect flag 512i, Rhythm effect flag 512C, Exception single shot effect flag 512F, Exception continuous hit effect flag 512G, Exception long press effect flag 512H, Special rhythm effect flag 512J Is judged. Here, when it is determined that the single-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is set to exist (S4601: Yes), the special operation effect lottery process ends, and the single-shot operation effect and the special operation effect are performed. If it is determined that none is set (S4601: No), the process proceeds to step S4602. That is, when the one-shot operation effect is selected first in one game time, the special operation effect is not selected in that game time.

<Step S4602>
In step S4602, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect is executed. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the special operation effect is executed based on the variation pattern command, the special operation effect table 511D (see FIG. 47B), and the additional effect counter 512B. As a result, a lottery process is realized in which whether or not the special operation effect is executed is selected with a predetermined probability.

<Step S4603>
In step S4603, it is determined whether or not the special operation effect is determined to be present in step S4602. Then, when it is determined that the special operation effect is present (S4603: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4604, and when it is determined that the special operation effect is not set (S4603: No), The special operation effect lottery process ends.

<Step S4604>
In step S4604, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is set to Yes. Specifically, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the notification effect flag 512D indicating whether or not the notification operation effect is executed (on: yes, off: none), which is classified as the notification operation effect, is on. Will be done. Here, if it is determined that the notification operation effect is set to Yes (S4604: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4606, and it is determined that the notification operation effect is set to be absent (S4604: Yes). S4604: No), the process proceeds to step S4605.

<Step S4605>
In step S4605, the special operation effect setting process for executing the special operation effect selected in step S4602 is executed.

Specifically, when the special operation effect is a continuous hit operation effect, the continuous hit operation setting process for executing the continuous hit operation effect is executed in the special operation effect setting process. In the continuous striking operation setting process, the continuous striking effect flag 512h is set to on, and the first specified value corresponding to the continuous striking operation effect is determined in the same manner as in step S1307.

When the special operation effect is a long press operation effect, the long press operation setting process for executing the long press operation effect is executed in the special operation effect setting process. In the long press operation setting process, the long press effect flag 512i is set to on, and the second specified value corresponding to the current long press operation effect is determined in the same manner as in step S1309.

Further, when the special operation effect is a rhythm operation effect, the rhythm operation setting process for executing the rhythm operation effect is executed in the special operation effect setting process. In the rhythm operation setting process, the rhythm effect flag 512C is set to ON, and the third specified value corresponding to the current rhythm operation effect is determined in the same manner as in step S3002.

<Step S4606>
In step S4606, a special second operation setting process for executing the special operation effect selected in step S4602 is executed. Specifically, when the special operation effect is a continuous striking operation effect, in the special second operation setting process, the exception continuous striking effect flag 512G is set on instead of the continuous striking effect flag 512h, and the same as in step S1307. The first specified value corresponding to the continuous striking operation effect this time is determined. When the special operation effect is a long press operation effect, the exception long press effect flag 512H is set to be on instead of the long press effect flag 512i in the special second operation setting process, and this time as in step S1309. The second specified value corresponding to the long press operation effect of is determined. When the special operation effect is a rhythm operation effect, the exception long press effect flag 512J is set to be on instead of the rhythm effect flag 512C in the special second operation setting process, and the rhythm of this time is the same as in step S3002. The third specified value corresponding to the operation effect is determined.

[Notification operation production lottery process]
Next, the notification operation effect lottery process will be described with reference to FIG. 62.

<Step S4701>
In step S4701, it is determined whether or not an operation effect such as the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, or the notification operation effect is already set to exist. Specifically, in the present embodiment, specifically, in the present embodiment, the presence / absence of each of the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, the long press operation effect, the rhythm operation effect, and the notification operation effect ( On: Yes, Off: No) Single-shot production flag 512g, Continuous hit production flag 512h, Long-press production flag 512i, Rhythm production flag 512C, Notification production flag 512D, Exception single-shot production flag 512F, Exceptional continuous hit production flag 512G, Exception length It is determined whether or not either the push effect flag 512H or the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on. Here, when it is determined that any of the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, or the notification operation effect is set to be present (S4701: Yes), the notification operation effect lottery process ends. When it is determined that the single-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are set to none (S4701: No), the process proceeds to step S4702. That is, when the one-shot operation effect or the special operation effect is selected first in one game time, the notification operation effect is not selected in the game time.

<Step S4702>
In step S4702, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is executed. Specifically, the MPU 51 determines whether or not the notification operation effect is executed based on the fluctuation pattern command, the notification operation effect table 511E (see FIG. 47C), and the additional effect counter 512B. As a result, a lottery process is realized in which whether or not the notification operation effect is executed is selected with a predetermined probability. That is, in the game machine 10, a lottery process for determining whether or not to execute the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect is individually executed.

<Step S4703>
In step S4703, it is determined whether or not the notification operation effect is determined to be present in step S4702. Then, when it is determined that the notification operation effect is present (S4703: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4704, and when it is determined that the notification operation effect is not present (S4703: No), the notification operation effect is produced. The lottery process is completed.

<Step S4704>
After that, in step S4704, the notification operation effect setting process for executing the notification operation effect is executed in the same manner as in step S3004.

[Other examples of single-shot operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the one-shot operation effect processing (see FIG. 16) will be described with reference to FIG. 63.

<Step S4801>
As shown in FIG. 63, in the single-shot operation effect processing, first, in step S4801, it is determined whether or not to execute the exception single-shot operation effect. As described above, the MPU 51 performs an exceptional single-shot effect in step S4506 when it is determined that the single-shot operation effect process is executed after the execution of the special operation effect process or the notification operation effect process is determined first. The flag 512F is set to on (S4506). Therefore, in step S4801, it is determined whether or not the exception single-shot operation effect is executed depending on whether or not the exception single-shot effect flag 512F is on. Here, if it is determined that the exception single-shot operation effect is set to Yes (S4801: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4802, and it is determined that the exception single-shot operation effect is set to none. (S4801: No), the process proceeds to step S1401.

<Step S4802>
In step S4802, the process proceeds to step S1415 after the process for suggesting to the user that the one-shot operation effect is executed is executed. For example, the MPU 51 suggests the execution of the one-shot operation effect by reproducing a predetermined sound from the speaker 26 and realizing a predetermined lighting state such as blinking by using the illumination unit 27. It is possible. That is, the MPU 51 suggests to the user that the single-shot operation effect is executed by a method different from the display of the single-shot operation start image in step S1407.

As described above, in the single-shot operation effect processing according to the present embodiment, when the exception single-shot operation effect is executed, that is, when the exception single-shot effect flag 512F is on, the single-shot operation notice image and the single-shot operation are announced. The operation of the operation button 22 is awaited without displaying the operation start image (1415: No). Then, when the operation button 22 is operated (S1415: Yes) while various displays in the special operation effect process or the notification operation effect process are performed, the process in the single operation effect process shifts to step S1416. Then, the one-shot operation result image is displayed.

That is, even if the special operation effect processing or the notification operation effect process is executed first, if the execution of the single operation effect process is selected after that, the single operation effect is prioritized. It is possible to display the effect result of the one-shot operation effect. As a result, the variation of the game is increased, so that it is possible to increase the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game to improve the player's motivation to play the game.

For example, as shown in FIG. 72, when the exceptional single-shot operation effect is executed, the content and start timing of the continuous hit operation effect during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 72 (A)). Is displayed (see FIGS. 72 (B) and 72 (C)). Then, when the result of the big hit lottery is a big hit, an image corresponding to the big hit is selected from a plurality of preset single-shot operation result images in response to one operation of the operation button 22, and is displayed as an effect result. (See FIGS. 72 (D) and 72 (E)). On the other hand, when the result of the jackpot lottery is out of order, an image corresponding to the out of place is selected from a plurality of preset single-shot operation result images in response to one operation of the operation button 22, and is displayed as an effect result. After that, the continuous striking operation effect is continuously executed (see FIGS. 72 (F) and 72 (G)), and the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect is displayed (FIGS. 72 (H) and 72 (I)). )reference).

[Other examples of rhythm operation production processing]
Next, another example of the rhythm operation effect processing (see FIG. 50) will be described with reference to FIG. 64. In the rhythm operation effect processing shown in FIG. 64, the step S3611 is not executed.

<Step S4901>
As shown in FIG. 64, in the rhythm operation effect processing, first, in step S4901, it is determined whether or not to execute the special rhythm operation effect. As described above, the MPU 51 sets the special rhythm effect flag 512J to ON in step S4606 when the execution of the rhythm operation effect is determined after the execution of the notification operation effect is determined first. Therefore, in step S4901, it is possible to determine whether or not the special rhythm operation effect is executed depending on whether or not the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on. Here, if it is determined that the special rhythm operation effect is set to Yes (S4901: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4902, and it is determined that the special rhythm operation effect is set to none. (S4901: No), the process proceeds to step S3601.

<Step S4902>
In step S4902, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated, as in step S1415. Here, if it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S4902: Yes), the process proceeds to step S4903, and if the operation button 22 is not operated (S4902: No), the process proceeds to step S3601.

<Step S4903>
In step S4903, the special rhythm effect flag 512J is set to off, and the rhythm effect flag 512C is set to on. As a result, when the rhythm operation effect processing is executed next time, it is determined that the special rhythm effect is not executed in step S4901 (S4901: No), and the rhythm operation effect is executed in step S3601. It is determined that it will be done (S3601: Yes). Then, when the effect start timing of the rhythm operation effect elapses (S3602: Yes) and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the rhythm operation effect is started (S3603: Yes), the process proceeds to the step S3609. It will be.

As a result, in the rhythm operation effect processing, when the special rhythm operation effect is executed, that is, when the special rhythm effect flag 512J is on, the user's operation is performed as the operation of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect. With the operation of the button 22, the rhythm operation notice image and the rhythm operation start image can be displayed to start the rhythm operation effect. That is, the notification operation effect is switched to the rhythm operation effect and executed. Therefore, even if the notification operation effect is executed first, if the execution of the rhythm operation effect is selected, the rhythm operation effect can be prioritized, and the effect of the rhythm operation effect can be given priority. The result can be displayed. Therefore, the user can recognize that the expectation of the big hit in the game is high, and the attention to the game is increased and the interest of the game is increased.

[Other examples of continuous hit operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the continuous striking operation effect processing (see FIG. 17) will be described with reference to FIG. 65.

<Step S5001>
As shown in FIG. 65, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, first, in step S5001, it is determined whether or not to execute the exceptional continuous striking operation effect. As described above, the MPU 51 sets the exception continuous striking effect flag 512G to on in step S4606 when it is determined that the continuous striking operation effect is to be executed after the execution of the notification operation effect is determined first. Therefore, in step S5001, it is possible to determine whether or not the exception continuous striking operation effect is executed depending on whether or not the exception continuous striking effect flag 512G is on. Here, if it is determined that the exception continuous striking operation effect is set to be present (S5001: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5002, and it is determined that the exception continuous striking operation effect is set to be absent. (S5001: No), the process proceeds to step S1501.

<Step S5002>
In step S5002, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated, as in step S1415. Here, if it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S5002: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5003, and if the operation button 22 is not operated (S5002: No), the process proceeds to step S1501.

<Step S5003>
In step S5003, the exception continuous hitting effect flag 512G is set to off, and the continuous hitting effect flag 512h is set to on. As a result, when the continuous striking operation effect processing is executed next time, it is determined that the exception continuous striking effect is not executed in step S5001 (S5001: No), and the continuous striking operation effect is executed in step S1501. It is determined that it will be done (S1501: Yes). Then, when the effect start timing of the continuous striking operation effect elapses (S1502: Yes) and the acceptance of the operation of the operation button 22 in the continuous striking operation effect is started (S1503: Yes), the process shifts to step S1509. become.

As a result, in the continuous striking operation effect processing, when the exception continuous striking operation effect is executed, that is, when the exception continuous striking effect flag 512G is on, the user's operation performed as the operation of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect. With the operation of the button 22, the continuous striking operation notice image and the continuous striking operation start image can be displayed to start the continuous striking operation effect. That is, the notification operation effect is switched to the continuous hit operation effect and executed. Therefore, even if the notification operation effect is executed first, if the execution of the continuous hit operation effect is selected, the continuous hit operation effect can be prioritized, and the effect of the continuous hit operation effect can be given priority. The result can be displayed. Therefore, the user can recognize that the expectation of the big hit in the game is high, and the attention to the game is increased and the interest of the game is increased.

For example, as shown in FIG. 72, when the exception continuous striking operation effect is executed, the start timing of the notification operation effect is suggested during the symbol variation display on the symbol display unit 343 (see FIG. 73 (A)). Is displayed (see FIG. 73 (B)). Then, when the operation button 22 is operated, a message is displayed as the effect result of the notification operation effect (see FIG. 73C), and the continuous hit operation notice image and the continuous hit operation start image of the continuous hit operation effect are displayed. (See FIGS. 73 (D) and 73 (E)). That is, the continuous striking operation effect is continuously executed after the execution of the notification operation effect. After that, the continuous striking operation effect is executed, and the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect is displayed (see FIGS. 73 (F) and 73 (G)).

[Other examples of long press operation effect processing]
Next, another example of the long press operation effect processing (see FIG. 18) will be described with reference to FIG. 66.

<Step S5101>
As shown in FIG. 66, in the long press operation effect process, first, in step S5101, it is determined whether or not to execute the exception long press operation effect. As described above, the MPU 51 sets the exception long press effect flag 512H to on in step S4606 when it is determined that the long press operation effect is to be executed after the execution of the notification operation effect is determined first. To do. Therefore, in step S5101, it is possible to determine whether or not the exception long press operation effect is executed depending on whether or not the exception long press effect flag 512H is on. Here, if it is determined that the exception long press operation effect is set to Yes (S5101: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5102, and it is determined that the exception long press operation effect is set to none. If so (S5101: No), the process proceeds to step S1601.

<Step S5102>
In step S5102, it is determined whether or not the operation button 22 has been operated, as in step S1415. Here, if it is determined that the operation button 22 has been operated (S5102: Yes), the process proceeds to step S5103, and if the operation button 22 is not operated (S5102: No), the process proceeds to step S1601.

<Step S5103>
In step S5103, the exception long press effect flag 512H is set to off, and the long press effect flag 512i is set to on. As a result, when the long press operation effect process is executed next time, it is determined in step S5101 that the exception long press effect is not executed (S5101: No), and in step S1601, the long press operation is performed. It is determined that the production is executed (S1601: Yes). Then, when the effect start timing of the long press operation effect elapses (S1602: Yes) and the reception of the operation of the operation button 22 in the long press operation effect starts (S1603: Yes), the process shifts to step S1611. It will be.

As a result, in the long press operation effect process, when the exception long press operation effect is executed, that is, when the exception long press effect flag 512H is on, it is performed as the operation of the operation button 22 in the notification operation effect. When the operation button 22 is operated by the user, the long-press operation notice image and the long-press operation start image can be displayed to start the long-press operation effect. That is, the notification operation effect is switched to the long press operation effect and executed. Therefore, even if the notification operation effect is executed first, if the execution of the long press operation effect is selected, the long press operation effect can be prioritized, and the long press operation can be prioritized. The production result of the production can be displayed. Therefore, the user can recognize that the expectation of the big hit in the game is high, and the attention to the game is increased and the interest of the game is increased.

[24th Embodiment]
By the way, the game machine 10 has a first effect mode in which the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the notification operation effect are executed in parallel as in the twentieth embodiment to the 22nd embodiment. As in the 23rd embodiment, only one of the one-shot operation effect, the special operation effect, and the second effect mode in which the notification operation effect is not executed in parallel may be executed. On the other hand, a configuration in which the game machine 10 can switch between the first effect mode and the second effect mode can be considered.

Specifically, the MPU 51 responds to a predetermined random value at a predetermined timing such as step S1303 of the command determination process (S1004) in the timer interrupt process or when a plurality of operation effects are selected. It is conceivable to select either the first effect mode or the second effect mode and execute a plurality of operation effect processes in the selected first effect mode or the second effect mode. As a result, since each of the first effect mode and the second effect mode is executed with a predetermined probability, the variation of the game is increased, the degree of attention to the game is increased, and the interest of the game is enhanced. Since the various processes in the first effect mode and the second effect mode have been described from the 20th embodiment to the 23rd embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted here.

[Outline of Invention]
The outline of the invention extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be described below. In addition, in order to understand the correspondence between each appendix and each embodiment, reference numerals may be given for convenience, but the invention according to the appendix is limited to a specific configuration with the reference numerals. is not. Further, it is also possible to select and arbitrarily combine each configuration and each processing function described below.

[Appendix A1]
An operating means (22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
An effect of executing a process of determining whether or not to execute a continuous striking operation effect process for reflecting the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41) for each game. Judgment means (51) and
When it is determined by the effect determining means (51) that the continuous striking operation effect process is executed, the effect executing means (51) capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means (41). ,
With
The effect executing means (51) is a necessary operation means (51) for displaying an effect result in accordance with the operation timing of the operation means (22) in a preset operation valid period in the continuous hit operation effect process. 22) A gaming machine characterized in that the number of operations is changed.

According to the appendix A1, the player operates the operation means (22) at an operation timing at which the number of operations required for displaying the effect result of the continuous stroke operation effect process is reduced, thereby causing the continuous stroke operation effect process. The number of operations can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to provide a game machine capable of increasing the degree of attention to the game and the interest of the game and improving the player's motivation to play the game.

[Appendix B1]
An operating means (22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
An effect of executing a process of determining whether or not to execute a continuous striking operation effect process for reflecting the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41) for each game. Judgment means (51) and
When it is determined by the effect determining means (51) that the continuous striking operation effect process is executed, the effect executing means (51) capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means (41). ,
With
When the first operation of the operation means (22) within the preset operation valid period is performed in the preset specific period in the continuous hit operation effect process, the effect execution means (51) is used. The effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed at the time of operation, and when the effect is performed outside the specific period, the operation value added according to the operation of the operation means (22) reaches a preset specified value or more. A game machine characterized in that the effect result is displayed when the above-mentioned effect is obtained.

According to the appendix B1, the player who wants to perform the continuous striking operation of the operating means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect processing follows his / her intention by operating the operating means (22) outside the specific period. It is possible to play a game. Further, even a player who does not want to perform the continuous striking operation of the operating means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect processing can operate the operating means (22) within the specific period to perform the continuous striking operation effect processing. It is possible to see the production result of.

[Appendix B2]
The gaming machine according to Appendix B1, wherein the specific period is the last preset period within the operation valid period.

According to the appendix B2, the player wants to perform the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect processing, and the player wants to perform the operation until the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. By operating the means (22), it is possible to play a game according to one's own intention. Further, even if the player does not want to perform the continuous striking operation of the operating means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect processing, the operation means (22) is waited after the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. ) Is operated, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process.

[Appendix B3]
The gaming machine according to Appendix B1, wherein the specific period is the first preset period within the operation valid period.

According to the appendix B3, the player wants to perform the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect processing, and the player performs the operation after the remaining time of the operation valid period becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. By operating the means (22), it is possible to play a game according to one's own intention. In addition, a player who does not want to perform the continuous striking operation of the operating means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect process can use the operating means (22) at an early stage without waiting until the remaining time becomes equal to or less than the addition change time. By operating, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process.

[Appendix B4]
When the first operation of the operation means (22) in the operation valid period is performed in the specific period, the effect executing means (51) adds an additional value at which the operation value reaches the specified value or more. The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary note B1 to Supplementary note B3, which displays the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process by adding to.

[Appendix B5]
The gaming machine according to any one of Appendix B1 to Appendix B4, wherein the effect executing means (51) notifies the start or end of the specific period.

[Appendix C1]
An operating means (22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
An effect of executing a process of determining whether or not to execute a continuous striking operation effect process for reflecting the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41) for each game. Judgment means (51) and
When it is determined by the effect determining means (51) that the continuous striking operation effect process is executed, the effect executing means (51) capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means (41). ,
With
In the continuous striking operation effect process, the effect executing means (51) adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation valid period as an operation value, and the operation value is previously set. When the value reaches a set specified value or more, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed, and the added value is changed according to the operation timing of the operation means (22) during the operation valid period. A game machine characterized by that.

[Appendix C2]
The gaming machine according to Appendix C1, wherein the effect executing means (51) increases the added value as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases.

According to the appendix C2, the player who does not want to perform the continuous striking operation of the operating means (22) in the continuous striking operation effect process operates the operating means (22) after the remaining time of the operation valid period is shortened. As a result, it is possible to see the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process with a small number of operations.

[Appendix C3]
The gaming machine according to Appendix C2, wherein the effect executing means (51) increases the added value as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases in a preset specific period immediately before the end of the operation valid period.

[Appendix C4]
The effect executing means (51) is any of Appendix C1 to Appendix C3 for stepwise changing the added value based on the table information in which the correspondence between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value is set in advance. The game machine described in Crab.

[Appendix C5]
The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary note C1 to Supplementary note C3, wherein the effect executing means (51) calculates the added value based on the remaining time of the operation valid period and a preset calculation formula.

[Appendix C6]
The effect executing means (51) corresponds to the game times according to the correspondence relationship between the remaining time of the operation valid period and the added value set in advance corresponding to each type of the determination result by the main control means (41). The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary note C1 to Supplementary note C5 for changing the added value in the above.

[Appendix C7]
When the operation means (22) is operated within a predetermined specific period set in advance in the operation valid period, the effect executing means reaches the preset lower limit time or less for the remaining time of the operation valid period. The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary note C1 to Supplementary note C6, in which the operation value is automatically added up to the specified value or more until the operation valid period ends.

[Appendix D1]
An operating means (22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
An effect of executing a process of determining whether or not to execute a continuous striking operation effect process for reflecting the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41) for each game. Judgment means (51) and
When it is determined by the effect determining means (51) that the continuous striking operation effect process is executed, the effect executing means (51) capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means (41). ,
With
In the continuous striking operation effect process, the effect executing means (51) adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation valid period as an operation value, and the operation value is previously set. When the value reaches a set specified value or more, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed, and the operation means (22) is operated within a predetermined specific period set in advance in the operation valid period. In this case, the operation value is automatically added up to the specified value or more after the remaining time of the operation valid period reaches the preset lower limit time or less and before the operation valid period ends. A game machine characterized by that.

[Appendix E1]
An operating means (22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
An effect of executing a process of determining whether or not to execute a continuous striking operation effect process for reflecting the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41) for each game. Judgment means (51) and
When it is determined by the effect determining means (51) that the continuous striking operation effect process is executed, the effect executing means (51) capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means (41). ,
With
In the continuous striking operation effect process, the effect executing means (51) adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation valid period as an operation value, and the operation value is previously set. When the value reaches a set specified value or more, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed, and the operation of the operation means (22) is performed during a predetermined specific period set in the operation valid period. A gaming machine characterized in that when the operation value is automatically added, the operation value is automatically added.

[Appendix E2]
The gaming machine according to Appendix E1, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately before the end of the operation valid period.

[Appendix E3]
The gaming machine according to Appendix E1, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately after the start of the operation valid period.

[Appendix F1]
An operating means (22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (41) for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
An effect of executing a process of determining whether or not to execute a continuous striking operation effect process for reflecting the continuous striking operation of the operation means (22) in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means (41) for each game. Judgment means (51) and
When it is determined by the effect determining means (51) that the continuous striking operation effect process is executed, the effect executing means (51) capable of executing the continuous striking operation effect process based on the determination result by the main control means (41). ,
With
The effect executing means (51) corresponds to the operation value by adding as an operation value an additional value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation valid period in the continuous hit operation effect process. The images to be processed are sequentially displayed, and when the operation value reaches a preset predetermined value or more, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed, and the specific image preset among the images is displayed. A gaming machine characterized in that automatic addition of the operation value is started when is continuously displayed for a predetermined duration or longer.

[Appendix F2]
In the continuous striking operation effect process, the effect executing means (51) adds an added value corresponding to the operation of the operation means (22) within a preset operation valid period as an operation value, and the operation value is previously set. When the value reaches the set specified value or more, the effect result of the continuous striking operation effect process is displayed, and the operation of the operation means (22) is performed during a predetermined specific period set in the operation valid period. The gaming machine according to Appendix F1 that starts automatic addition of the operation value in the case of

[Appendix F3]
The gaming machine according to Appendix F2, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately before the end of the operation valid period.

[Appendix F4]
The gaming machine according to Appendix F2, wherein the specific period is a preset period immediately after the start of the operation valid period.

[Appendix AA1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
An operation detecting means (MPU51) that detects the presence or absence of an operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals, and
The main control means (main control device 4) that executes the main control of the game, and
An effect executing means that executes an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when the operation of the operation means is received according to a predetermined operation method based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51) and
An operation notification means (MPU51) that notifies an operation start instruction with a time lag after notifying the operation method, and
With
The production execution means
A first operation receiving means (MPU51) that accepts an operation of the operating means on the condition that the operating means changes from a non-operating state to an operating state after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operating notification means.
When the operation state of the operation means continues before and after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means, the operation of the operation means can be accepted according to the predetermined conditions corresponding to the operation method. Second operation reception means (MPU51) and
A game machine characterized by including.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AA1, even when the player operates the operating means before and after the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation can be reflected in the effect.

[Appendix AA2]
The operating means is in a non-operating state, provided that the first operating receiving means continues at least two operating states after at least one non-operating state in a plurality of detection results by the operating detecting means. The gaming machine according to Appendix 1, which is determined to have changed from the above to the operating state.

If the configuration according to Appendix AA2 is adopted, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection of the operating means due to noise, and when the operating means is operated by the player before and after the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation is performed. Can be reflected in the production.

[Appendix AA3]
When the second operation receiving means is one operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operating means is subject to the condition that the operating means has changed from the operating state to the non-operating state. The gaming machine according to Appendix AA1 or AA2, which accepts the operation of.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AA3, when the player operates the operating means before and after the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation means is reflected in the production when the operating means changes to the non-operating state. Therefore, the player can get the feeling that the effect has changed when he / she releases his / her hand from the operating means.

[Appendix AA4]
When the operation method is one operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the second operation reception means operates the operation means on condition that the operation state of the operation means continues for a predetermined time. The gaming machine according to any one of the appendices AA1 to AA3, which accepts the above.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AA4, when the player is operating the operating means before and after the notification of the operation start instruction and the player continues to operate the operating means, the operation is performed. It is possible to prevent the situation where is not reflected in the production for a long period of time.

[Appendix AA5]
When the operation method is a long press operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the operation state of the operation means continues before and after the notification of the operation start instruction in the second operation reception means. The gaming machine according to any one of the appendices AA1 to AA4, which accepts the operation of the operating means on the condition that the determination is made.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AA5, even if the operation state of the operation means continues before the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation of the operation means is performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. It is possible to accept the operation of the operation means from the time when it is determined that the state is continuing and reflect the operation in the effect.

[Appendix AA6]
When the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the second operation receiving means operates the operation means on condition that the operation means has changed from the operation state to the non-operation state. The gaming machine according to any one of the appendices AA1 to AA5, which accepts the above.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AA6, the operation of the operation means performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the effect as one operation of the intermittent operation.

[Appendix AA7]
When the operation method is an intermittent operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the second operation reception means ignores the operation state of the operation means before and after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means. The gaming machine according to any one of Appendix AA1 to AA5.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AA7, the operation of the operation means performed before and after the notification of the operation start instruction is invalidated (ignored), but the processing load of the effect executing means is reduced.

[Appendix AB1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
An operation detecting means (MPU51) that detects the presence or absence of an operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals, and
The main control means (main control device 4) that executes the main control of the game, and
An effect executing means that executes an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when the operation of the operation means is received according to a predetermined operation method based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51) and
An operation notification means (MPU51) that notifies an operation start instruction with a time lag after notifying the operation method, and
With
An operation in which the effect executing means receives an operation of the operation means after the notification of the operation method by the operation notification means, and an operation of reflecting the operation of the operation means received by the operation reception means in the effect. A game machine characterized by including a reflection means.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB1, it is possible to effectively use the operation performed between the notification of the operation method and the notification of the operation start instruction, for example, the time and effort for the player to re-operate the operation means. Is omitted, and the player is prevented from misunderstanding that the operating means is out of order.

[Appendix AB2]
When the operation reflecting means is one operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation is used as the effect when the operation of the operating means is received by the operation receiving means. The gaming machine described in Appendix AB1 to be reflected.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB2, the increase in the processing load is suppressed because it is a simple process in which the operation is reflected in the production when the operation means is operated.

[Appendix AB3]
When the operation reflecting means is an intermittent operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation reflecting means stores the number of operations of the operating means received by the operation receiving means before the notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to Appendix AB1, wherein the number of operations is reflected in the effect after the notification of the operation start instruction.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB3, the operation of the operating means performed by the player before the notification of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the production without wasting it, and the player is not disappointed. It is possible to realize a game that suits you.

[Appendix AB4]
When the operation reflecting means is an intermittent operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation reflecting means stores the number of operations of the operating means received by the operation receiving means before the notification of the operation start instruction. Then, after the notification of the operation start instruction, the number of operations is reflected in the effect, and the frequency of addition of the number of operations according to the operation of the operation means after the notification of the operation start instruction is reduced. The game machine described.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB4, by reflecting the operation of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, it is possible to suppress the subsequent change speed of the effect content changed earlier than usual, and the operation start. It is possible to suppress the difference in the final effect result between the case where the operation is started before the notification of the instruction and the case where the operation is started after the notification of the operation start instruction.

[Appendix AB5]
After the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation reflecting means only until the number of operations of the operation means after the notification of the operation start instruction reaches the number of operations of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to Appendix AB4, which reduces the frequency of addition of the number of operations according to the operation of the operating means.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AB5, after the number of operations after the notification of the operation start instruction exceeds the number of operations of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, the number of operations is performed at a normal addition frequency. Is added, so that the difference in the final operation result when the operation means is not operated before the notification of the operation start instruction is suppressed.

[Appendix AB6]
When the operation reflecting means is an intermittent operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation reflecting means stores the number of operations of the operating means received by the operation receiving means before the notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary note AB3 to AB5, wherein the number of operations is reflected in the effect every predetermined time after the notification of the operation start instruction.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AB6, the number of operations of the operation means received by the operation reception means is gradually reflected in the production before the notification of the operation start instruction, so that the process of the production is given to the player. You can show it and add fun to the game.

[Appendix AB7]
When the operation reflecting means is a long press operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation reflecting means stores the operation time of the operating means received by the operation receiving means and notifies the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to Appendix AB1, which later reflects the operation time in the production.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB7, the operation of the operating means performed by the player before the notification of the operation start instruction can be reflected in the production without wasting it, and the player is not disappointed. It is possible to realize a game that suits you.

[Appendix AB8]
When the operation reflecting means is a long press operation of the operating means within the operation valid period, the operation reflecting means stores the operating time of the operating means received by the operation receiving means and notifies the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to Appendix AB7, which later reflects the operation time in the effect and reduces the frequency of addition of the operation time according to the operation of the operation means after the notification of the operation start instruction.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB8, by reflecting the operation of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, it is possible to suppress the subsequent change speed of the effect content that has changed earlier than usual, and the operation start. It is possible to suppress the difference in the final effect result between the case where the operation is started before the notification of the instruction and the case where the operation is started after the notification of the operation start instruction.

[Appendix AB9]
After the notification of the operation start instruction, only until the operation reflection means reaches the operation time of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction after the notification of the operation start instruction. The gaming machine according to Appendix AB8, which reduces the frequency of addition of the operation time according to the operation of the operation means.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AB9, after the operation time after the notification of the operation start instruction exceeds the operation time of the operation means before the notification of the operation start instruction, the operation time is added at a normal addition frequency. Is added, so that the difference in the final operation result when the operation means is not operated before the notification of the operation start instruction is suppressed.

[Appendix AC1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
An operation detecting means (MPU51) that detects the presence or absence of an operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals, and
The main control means (main control device 4) that executes the main control of the game, and
An effect executing means that executes an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when the operation of the operation means is received according to a predetermined operation method based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51) and
An operation notification means (MPU51) that notifies an operation start instruction with a time lag after notifying the operation method, and
A state changing means (MPU51) that changes the detection result by the operation detecting means to a non-operating state of the operating means when the operation start instruction is notified by the operation notification means.
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AC1, when the operation start instruction is notified, the detection result by the operation detection means is changed to the non-operation state of the operation means, so that before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. Even when the operating means is being operated, the operation means is changed from the non-operating state to the operating state after the notification of the operation start instruction. Therefore, when the effect executing means adopts a configuration that accepts the operation of the operation means on the condition that the operation means changes from the non-operation state to the operation state after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means. Even if there is, it is possible to reflect the operation in the production when the operation means is operated by the player before and after the notification of the operation start instruction. Specifically, it is suitable for the configuration of the following appendix AC1 or appendix AC2.

[Appendix AC2]
The appendix AC1. The operation reflecting means accepts the operation of the operation means on the condition that the operation means changes from the non-operation state to the operation state after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means. Game machine.

[Appendix AC3]
The operation reflecting means operates from the non-operation state on the condition that at least one non-operation state is followed by at least two operation states in a plurality of detection results by the operation detection means. The gaming machine according to Appendix AC2, which is determined to have changed to a state.

[Appendix AD1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
A vibrating means that vibrates the operating means and
An operation detecting means (MPU51) that detects the presence or absence of an operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals, and
The main control means (main control device 4) that executes the main control of the game, and
An effect executing means that executes an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when the operation of the operation means is received according to a predetermined operation method based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51) and
An operation notification means (MPU51) that notifies an operation start instruction with a time lag after notifying the operation method, and
A first operation receiving means (MPU51) that receives an operation of the operating means between the notification of the operating method and the notification of the operation start instruction, and
A second operation receiving means (MPU51) that receives an operation of the operating means after the notification of the operation start instruction, and
With
The effect executing means has a vibration control means (MPU51) that drives the vibration means to vibrate the operation means when the operation of the operation means is received by the first operation reception means, and the second operation reception means. A gaming machine including an operation reflecting means (MPU51) that reflects the operation of the operating means received by the means in the effect.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AD1, since the player's hand can be expected to naturally separate from the operating means, it is possible to create a situation in which the operating means is not operated at the time of notification of the operation start instruction. ..

[Appendix AD2]
The vibration control means can switch the presence or absence of vibration of the operation means when the operation of the operation means is received by the first operation reception means based on the control signal output from the main control device. The gaming machine described in Appendix AD1.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AD2, the operating means is vibrated when the control signal output from the main control device contains information on the occurrence of a big hit or when a highly expected effect is executed. By making it, it can be used as a means of notifying the player.

[Appendix AD3]
The gaming machine according to Appendix AD2, wherein the vibration control means vibrates the operation means when the control signal output from the main control device includes information on the occurrence of a jackpot.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AD3, only the player can know whether or not the jackpot has been confirmed by operating the operating means before the notification of the operation start instruction, for example, a feeling of superiority. Can be given to the player.

[Appendix AD4]
When the operation reflecting means receives the operation of the operation means by the first operation receiving means, the operation reflecting means is driven to vibrate the operation means, and the operation start timing at which the operation means should be operated is set. The gaming machine according to Appendix AD1, which notifies that the device has not been reached.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AD4, the reason for the vibration of the operating means is not the purpose of indicating that the expectation of the jackpot is high, but the purpose of indicating that the operation start timing of the operating means has not been reached. Can be surely recognized by the player.

[Appendix AE1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
A vibrating means that vibrates the operating means and
An operation detecting means (MPU51) that detects the presence or absence of an operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals, and
The main control means (main control device 4) that executes the main control of the game, and
An effect executing means that executes an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when the operation of the operation means is received according to a predetermined operation method based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51) and
An operation notification means (MPU51) that notifies an operation start instruction with a time lag after notifying the operation method, and
A first operation receiving means (MPU51) that receives an operation of the operating means between the notification of the operating method and the notification of the operation start instruction, and
A second operation receiving means (MPU51) that receives an operation of the operating means after the notification of the operation start instruction, and
With
An operation reflecting means (MPU51) that notifies that the operation start timing at which the operation means should be operated has not been reached when the operation of the operation means is received by the first operation receiving means. A gaming machine including an operation reflecting means (MPU51) that reflects the operation of the operating means received by the second operation receiving means in the effect.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AE1, since the player can be made to clearly recognize that the operation start timing has not been reached, it is possible to prevent the player from misunderstanding that the operation means or the like is out of order.

[Appendix AF1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
An operation detecting means (MPU51) that detects the presence or absence of an operation of the operating means at predetermined intervals, and
The main control means (main control device 4) that executes the main control of the game, and
An effect executing means that executes an operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation means in the effect when the operation of the operation means is received according to a predetermined operation method based on a control signal output from the main control means. (MPU51) and
An operation notification means (MPU51) that notifies an operation start instruction with a time lag after notifying the operation method, and
With
An operation in which the effect executing means receives an operation of the operation means after the notification of the operation method by the operation notification means, and an operation of reflecting the operation of the operation means received by the operation reception means in the effect. Including means of reflection
When the operation reflecting means is one operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the operation start instruction is notified after the operation notification means notifies the operation method. When the operation of the operation means is received by the operation reception means, the operation can be reflected in the effect after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means. A game machine to be.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AF1, since the operation of the operating means is reflected in the production after the notification of the operation start instruction, the player can be shown the operation start instruction. Thereby, for example, the player can be made to recognize that the operation means should have been operated after the notification of the operation start instruction. Further, since the effect from the notification of the operation method to the notification of the operation start instruction is surely executed, for example, it is possible to prevent the voice or display flowing during that period from ending in the middle. Further, when the effect of the effect increases from the notification of the operation method toward the instruction to start the operation, the operation is reflected in the effect in a state where the effect of the effect is enhanced. Therefore, the player's game is based on the original content of the effect. Can add interest to.

[Appendix AF2]
When the operation reflecting means is one operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the operation start instruction is notified after the operation notification means notifies the operation method. The description in Appendix AF1, which reflects the operation in the effect immediately after the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means when the operation of the operation means is received by the operation reception means. Game machine.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AF2, since the operation is reflected in the effect immediately after the notification of the operation start instruction, for example, the player feels distrust because the operation of the operation means is not reflected in the effect. Is prevented.

[Appendix AF3]
When the operation reflecting means is one operation of the operation means within the operation valid period, the operation start instruction is notified after the operation notification means notifies the operation method. When the operation of the operation means is received by the operation reception means, the operation is set to the effect when a predetermined waiting time elapses from the notification of the operation start instruction by the operation notification means. The gaming machine described in Appendix AF1 to be reflected.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AF3, the operation is not reflected in the effect until the waiting time elapses, and the notification state of the operation start instruction continues, so that the original effect content is given to the player. It can be fully recognized. Therefore, for example, when the same operation effect is executed next time, it is possible to give an operation motivation to operate the operation means at the correct timing.

By the way, for one game round in the game machine 10, a plurality of operation effects such as the single-shot operation effect, the continuous hit operation effect, and the long-press operation effect are selected, and the plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel. The configuration is also conceivable. However, when the game machine 10 executes controls related to a plurality of operation effects (display control, voice control, lighting control, etc.) in parallel, the contents of each operation effect that reflects the operation of the operation button 22 are interlaced. This may give the player a sense of discomfort. On the other hand, the gaming machine according to the appendix AG1 is configured as follows.

[Appendix AG1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that determines whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
For each of the game times, a process of determining whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each operation effect process. Production judgment means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means.
With
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute a plurality of the operation effect processes for one game time, the effect execution means is executed in the game times according to the combination of the operation effect processes. A gaming machine characterized in that the content of the operation effect processing can be changed.

Appendix According to the gaming machine related to AG1, when a plurality of operation effects are executed in parallel for one game time, the multiple operation effects are executed with the simplest possible processing so as not to give the player a sense of discomfort. However, it is possible to improve the degree of attention to the game and the motivation to play the game. The appendix AG1 is, for example, the content described in the twentieth embodiment.

[Appendix AG2]
When it is determined by the effect determining means that the effect determining means executes a plurality of the operation effect processes for one game, the effect executing means may perform the operation effect process preset among the plurality of operation effect processes. The gaming machine according to Appendix AG1, which reflects the operation of the operation means and reflects a preset pseudo operation that does not involve the operation of the operation means in the other operation effect processing.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AG2, the player recognizes that the operating means is not disadvantageously treated in the second operating effect even if the operating means is not operated, and the operating means in the first operating effect. Only the operation timing can be freely decided, and the interest of the game can be enhanced and the player's motivation to play can be improved.

[Appendix AG3]
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute a plurality of the operation effect processes for one game, the effect execution means has a higher preset priority among the plurality of operation effect processes. The game according to Appendix AG2, wherein the operation effect processing reflects the operation of the operation means, and the operation effect process having a low priority reflects a preset pseudo operation that does not involve the operation of the operation means. Machine.

[Appendix AG4]
The priority corresponding to the operation effect process is set so that the higher the probability that the operation effect process is executed when it is determined by the main control means to shift to the specific gaming state, the higher the priority. The gaming machine described in Appendix AG3.

[Appendix AG5]
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to one operation of the operation means, and a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means. Including the second operation effect process for displaying the effect result
The gaming machine according to Appendix AG3 or AG4, wherein the priority of the first operation effect process is set higher than the priority of the second operation effect process.

[Appendix AG6]
The second operation effect processing includes a continuous striking operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to a continuous striking operation of the operation means.
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute the first operation effect process and the continuous striking operation effect process, the effect executing means reflects the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process, and the operation means. The gaming machine according to Appendix AG5, which reflects a preset pseudo-continuous striking operation without the operation of the above-mentioned continuous striking operation effect processing.

[Appendix AG7]
The effect executing means counts the number of operations of the operation means in the continuous hit operation effect process, and when it is determined by the effect determination means that the first operation effect process and the continuous hit operation effect process are executed. , The gaming machine according to Appendix AG6, which automatically counts the number of operations at preset intervals.

[Appendix AG8]
The second operation effect process includes a long press operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to a long press operation of the operation means.
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute the first operation effect process and the long press operation effect process, the effect execution means reflects the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process, and the operation is performed. The gaming machine according to any one of the appendices AG5 to AG7, which reflects a preset pseudo long press operation that does not involve the operation of means in the long press operation effect processing.

[Appendix AG9]
The effect executing means counts the operation time of the operation means in the long press operation effect process, and it is determined that the effect determination means executes the first operation effect process and the long press operation effect process. If so, the gaming machine according to Appendix AG8, which automatically counts the operation time at preset intervals.

[Appendix AG10]
The second operation effect process includes a rhythm operation effect process for displaying an effect result according to one or a plurality of predetermined operations of the operation means.
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute the first operation effect process and the rhythm operation effect process, the effect executing means reflects the operation of the operation means in the first operation effect process, and the operation means. The gaming machine according to any one of the appendices AG5 to AG9, which reflects a preset pseudo rhythm operation without the operation of the above in the rhythm operation effect processing.

[Appendix AG11]
The effect executing means counts point values according to the difference between the operation timing of the operation means and the timing in the rhythm operation effect process, and the effect determination means causes the first operation effect process and the effect. The gaming machine according to Appendix AG10, which automatically counts the point value according to the case where the operation of the operation means is performed at one or a plurality of the timings when it is determined to execute the rhythm operation effect processing.

[Appendix AH1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that determines whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
For each of the game times, a process of determining whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each operation effect process. Production judgment means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means.
With
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to one operation of the operation means, and displaying a preset message in response to one operation of the operation means. Including the second operation effect processing
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, the effect execution means performs one operation of the operation means once in the first operation effect process and the first operation effect process. 2 A game machine characterized in that it can be reflected in the operation effect processing.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AH1, one operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect processing and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. it can. The appendix AH1 is, for example, the content described in the twentieth embodiment.

[Appendix AH2]
When the operation of the operation means is reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, the effect execution means displays the message displayed by the second operation effect process in the first operation effect process. The gaming machine described in Appendix AH1 that is changed according to the production result.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AH2, the production results of the first operation effect processing and the second operation effect process can be linked in content, and for example, the player can enhance the sense of accomplishment at the time of a big hit and play the game. Can enhance the interest of.

[Appendix AH3]
When the effect result of the first operation effect process corresponds to the transition to the specific gaming state, the effect execution means is predetermined according to the operation of the operation means in the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to Appendix AH2, which displays a message suggesting that there is a transition to the specific gaming state with a certain probability.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AH3, when the determination result by the main control means corresponds to the subsequent existence of the specific gaming state, both the first operation effect and the second operation effect are used. This is shown, and for example, it is possible to enhance the sense of accomplishment of the player at the time of a big hit and enhance the interest of the game.

[Appendix AI1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that determines whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
For each of the game times, a process of determining whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each operation effect process. Production judgment means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means.
With
The plurality of operation effect processes correspond to the first operation effect process for displaying the effect result in response to the plurality of operations of the operation means or the long press operation of the operation means, and the operation of the operation means once. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message
When the effect determining means determines that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, the first operation of the operation means is performed by the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process. A gaming machine characterized in that it can be reflected in an operation effect process, and the subsequent operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process.

According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AI1, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. .. The appendix AI1 is, for example, the content described in the twentieth embodiment.

[Appendix AI2]
When the operation of the operation means is reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, the effect execution means displays the message displayed by the second operation effect process with a predetermined probability. The gaming machine according to Appendix AI1, which is changed according to the effect result of the first operation effect process.

According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AI2, the effect results of the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process can be linked in content, for example, to enhance the sense of accomplishment of the player at the time of a big hit. Can enhance the interest of.

[Appendix AI3]
When the effect result of the first operation effect process corresponds to the transition to the specific gaming state, the effect execution means is predetermined according to the operation of the operation means in the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to Appendix AI2, which displays a message suggesting that there is a transition to the specific gaming state with a certain probability.

According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AI3, when the determination result by the main control means corresponds to the transition to the specific gaming state, both the first operation effect and the second operation effect are used. This is shown, and for example, it is possible to enhance the sense of accomplishment of the player at the time of a big hit and enhance the interest of the game.

[Appendix AJ1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that determines whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
For each of the game times, a process of determining whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each operation effect process. Production judgment means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means.
With
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to one operation of the operation means, and a plurality of operations of the operation means or a long press operation of the operation means. Including the second operation effect process for displaying the effect result
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process for one game round, the effect execution means performs the operation means in the first operation effect process. The second operation effect processing reflects a preset pseudo operation that does not involve the operation of the operation means, and the effect result of the second operation effect process is displayed by the pseudo operation. A gaming machine characterized in that the effect result of the second operation effect process is displayed after the conditions are satisfied and the operation means is operated.

According to the gaming machine according to Appendix AJ1, even when the display condition of the effect result of the second operation effect process is satisfied by the pseudo operation, the second operation means is operated until the operation means is operated. The effect result of the operation effect process is not displayed. Therefore, the effect result of the second operation effect process is not displayed before the user operates the operation means, but the effect result of the second operation effect is displayed after the user operation of the operation means is performed. As a result, the interest of the game is increased, and the user's motivation for operation can be increased. The appendix AJ1 is, for example, the content described in the 21st embodiment.

[Appendix AJ2]
Even if the effect display condition of the effect result of the second operation effect process is satisfied by the pseudo operation, the effect executing means displays the effect result of the first operation effect process until the operation means is operated. The gaming machine according to Appendix AJ1, which displays the effect result of the first operation effect process after the operation means is operated, and displays the effect result of the second operation effect process.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AJ2, when the user operation of the operation means is performed without displaying the effect result of the second operation effect process before the user operates the operation means, the said Since the effect result of the first operation effect is displayed, the interest of the game is enhanced and the user's motivation for operation can be increased.

[Appendix AK1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that determines whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
For each of the game times, a process of determining whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each operation effect process. Production judgment means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means.
With
The plurality of operation effect processes correspond to the first operation effect process for displaying the effect result in response to the plurality of operations of the operation means or the long press operation of the operation means, and the operation of the operation means once. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message
When it is determined by the effect determining means to execute the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, the effect execution means operates the operation means until immediately before displaying the effect result of the first operation effect. Is reflected in the first operation effect process, and the operation of the operation means immediately before the display of the effect result of the first operation effect is reflected in the second operation effect process.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AK1, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. .. The appendix AK1 is, for example, the content described in the 22nd embodiment.

[Appendix AK2]
When the operation of the operation means is reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, the effect execution means displays the message displayed by the second operation effect process with a predetermined probability. The gaming machine according to Appendix AK1, which is changed according to the effect result of the first operation effect process.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AK2, the production results of each of the first operation effect processing and the second operation effect process can be linked in content, for example, to enhance the sense of accomplishment of the player at the time of a big hit. Can enhance the interest of.

[Appendix AK3]
When the effect result of the first operation effect process corresponds to the transition to the specific gaming state, the effect execution means is predetermined according to the operation of the operation means in the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to Appendix AK2, which displays a message suggesting that there is a transition to the specific gaming state with a certain probability.

According to the gaming machine according to the supplementary note AK3, when the determination result by the main control means corresponds to the transition to the specific gaming state, both the first operation effect and the second operation effect are used. This is shown, and for example, it is possible to enhance the sense of accomplishment of the player at the time of a big hit and enhance the interest of the game.

[Appendix AL1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that determines whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
For each of the game times, a process of determining whether or not to execute a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means in the effect display based on the determination result by the main control means is executed for each operation effect process. Production judgment means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means based on the determination result by the main control means.
With
The effect executing means is a case where it is determined by the effect determining means to execute a plurality of the operation effect processes having different priorities for one game, and the plurality of the operation effect processes are executed. When the first operation effect process having a lower priority is executed first, the operation of the operation means may be reflected in the second operation effect process having a higher priority than the first operation effect process. A game machine characterized by being possible.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AL1, when the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game, the effect process having the higher priority is selected. Can be executed. The appendix AL1 is, for example, the content described in the 23rd embodiment.

[Appendix AL2]
The first operation effect processing is a notification operation effect process for displaying a predetermined message in response to one operation of the operation means, and the second operation effect process is more than the notification operation effect process. In the case of a one-shot operation effect process that has a high priority and displays an effect result in response to one operation of the operation means.
The effect executing means is determined to execute the notification operation effect process and the single operation effect process by the effect determination means, and when the operation means is operated, the effect result corresponding to the single operation effect process is displayed. The game machine described in Appendix AL1.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AL2, when the notification operation effect processing and the one-shot operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the single-shot operation effect process having a higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AL3]
The first operation effect process is a long press operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to a long press operation of the operation means, and the second operation effect process has the priority over the long press operation effect. In the case of a one-shot operation effect process for displaying the effect result in response to one operation of the operation means.
The effect execution means is determined to execute the single-shot operation effect and the long-press operation effect by the effect determination means, and when the operation means is operated, the effect result corresponding to the single-shot operation effect is displayed. The gaming machine described in AL1 or AL2.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AL3, when the long-press operation effect processing and the single-shot operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game time, the single-shot operation effect process having a higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AL4]
The first operation effect processing is a continuous striking operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to a continuous striking operation of the operation means, and the second operation effect process has a higher priority than the continuous striking operation effect. In the case of a one-shot operation effect process that displays the effect result in response to one operation of the means
The effect executing means is determined to execute the single-shot operation effect and the continuous hit operation effect by the effect determining means, and when the operation means is operated, the effect result corresponding to the single-shot operation effect is displayed. The gaming machine described in any of ~ AL3.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AL4, when the continuous striking operation effect processing and the single-shot operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game round, the single-shot operation effect process having a higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AL5]
The first operation effect processing is a rhythm operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to an operation of the operation means at a plurality of predetermined timings, and the second operation effect process is more than the rhythm operation effect. In the case of a one-shot operation effect process in which the effect result is displayed in response to one operation of the operation means having a high priority.
The effect executing means is determined to execute the one-shot operation effect and the rhythm operation effect by the effect determination means, and when the operation means is operated, the effect result corresponding to the one-shot operation effect is displayed. The gaming machine described in any of ~ AL4.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AL5, when the rhythm operation effect processing and the single operation effect process are selected as execution targets in one game, the single operation effect process having a higher priority is selected. Can be executed.

[Appendix AM1]
Operation means (operation button 22) that can be operated by the player,
The main control means (MPU41) that executes the main control of the game,
At least based on the control command output from the main control means, an effect determination for individually determining whether or not a plurality of operation effect processes for reflecting the operation of the operation means according to a predetermined operation method are executed on the effect display. Means (MPU51) and
An effect executing means (MPU51) that executes one or a plurality of the operation effect processes determined to be executed by the effect determination means during a game corresponding to the control command.
With
When it is determined by the effect determining means that the plurality of operation effect processes are to be executed, the effect execution means executes the plurality of operation effect processes in parallel according to the combination of the plurality of operation effect processes. A gaming machine characterized in that it is possible to select and execute a first effect mode and a second effect mode in which a plurality of the operation effect processes are not executed in parallel.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AM1, since the first effect mode and the second effect mode are selectively executed, the variation of the effect in the game is increased, and the interest of the game machine can be enhanced. The appendix AM1 is, for example, the content described in the twenty-fourth embodiment.

[Appendix AM2]
The effect executing means is a case where it is determined by the effect determining means to execute a plurality of the operation effect processes for one game time, and when the first effect mode is executed, a plurality of the operation effects Of the processes, the operation effect process having a high priority reflects the operation of the operation means, and the operation effect process having a low priority does not involve the operation of the operation means. The game machine described in Appendix AM1 which reflects the above.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AM2, the player recognizes that the operating means is not disadvantageously treated in the second operating effect even if the operating means is not operated, and the operating means in the first operating effect. Only the operation timing can be freely decided, and the interest of the game can be enhanced and the player's motivation to play can be improved.

[Appendix AM3]
The plurality of operation effect processes include a first operation effect process for displaying an effect result in response to one operation of the operation means, and displaying a preset message in response to one operation of the operation means. Including the second operation effect processing
The effect executing means is a case where the effect determining means determines to execute the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and when the first effect mode is executed, the operation is performed once. The gaming machine according to Appendix AM1 or AM2, wherein the operation of the means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AM3, one operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. it can.

[Appendix AM4]
The plurality of operation effect processes correspond to the first operation effect process for displaying the effect result in response to the plurality of operations of the operation means or the long press operation of the operation means, and the operation of the operation means once. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message
When the effect determining means determines that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, and when the first effect mode is executed, the first of the operation means. The game according to the appendix AM1 or AM2, wherein the operation of is reflected in the first operation effect processing and the second operation effect process, and the subsequent operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process. Machine.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AM4, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. ..

[Appendix AM5]
The plurality of operation effect processes correspond to the first operation effect process for displaying the effect result in response to the plurality of operations of the operation means or the long press operation of the operation means, and the operation of the operation means once. Including a second operation effect process for displaying a preset message
When the effect determining means determines that the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process are to be executed, and when the first effect mode is executed, the first operation effect The operation of the operation means up to immediately before the display of the effect result is reflected in the first operation effect process, and the operation of the operation means immediately before the display of the effect result of the first operation effect is reflected in the second operation effect process. The gaming machine according to Appendix AM1 or AM2.

According to the gaming machine according to the appendix AM5, the first operation of the operation means can be reflected in the first operation effect process and the second operation effect process, and both effect results can be shown to the player. ..

4: Main control unit 5: Voice lamp control device 6: Display control device 61: MPU
611: ROM
612: RAM
62: Input / output I / F
7: Payout control unit 8: Launch control device 9: Power control device 10: Game machine 11: Front frame 12: Inner frame 13: Back pack unit 14: Outer frame 21: Launch handle 22: Operation button (example of operating means)
22a: Operation switch 26: Speaker 27: Illumination unit 341: Design display unit

Claims (1)

Operation means that can be operated by the player,
A main control means for determining whether or not there is a transition to a specific game state for each game time,
A presentation determining means for executing have you determines whether to perform the repeated pressing operation effect processing for reflecting the battered operation of the operation means to effect display based on the determination result by the main control unit to the respective game times,
And demonstration execution unit capable of executing the pre-Symbol repeated pressing operation effect process when it is determined to execute the repeated pressing operation effect process by the effect determination unit,
With
The presentation execution means,
In the continuous striking operation effect process, an addition value corresponding to the operation of the operation means within a preset operation valid period is added as an operation value, and when the operation value reaches or more than a preset predetermined value, the above-mentioned A means of displaying the effect result of the continuous hit operation effect process ,
A means for changing the addition value according to the operation timing of the operation means during the operation validity period, and a means for changing the addition value .
A means for calculating the added value based on an arithmetic expression in which the relationship between the remaining time and the added value is determined and the remaining time so that the added value increases as the remaining time of the operation valid period decreases. And prepare
A gaming machine characterized by that.

Images